JPRS ID: 9670 USSR REPORT CYBERNETICS, COMPUTERS AND AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY

Document Type: 
Collection: 
Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): 
CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1
Release Decision: 
RIF
Original Classification: 
U
Document Page Count: 
168
Document Creation Date: 
November 1, 2016
Sequence Number: 
33
Case Number: 
Content Type: 
REPORTS
File: 
AttachmentSize
PDF icon CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1.pdf8.92 MB
Body: 
APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY JPRS L/9670 17 April 1981 , = ~~SR Re ort - p CYBERNETICS, COMPUTERS AND ~UTOMATION TECHNOLOGY _ CFOUO 10/81) - IFBiS FOREIGN BROA~CAST INFORM~TION SERVICE - FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 NOTE ~ J?'RS publicatians contain information primarily from foreign newspapers, periodicals and books, but also fram news ag~ncy - transmissions and broadcasts. Materials from foreign-language sources are translated; those from English-language sources , are tra nscribed or z�eprinted, with the original phrasing and . other characteristics retained. Headlines, editorial reports, and material enclosed in brackets = are supplied by JPRS. Processing indicators such as [T~xt] - or [Excerpt] in the first line of each item, or following the - last line of a brief, indicate how the original informa.tion was , processed. Where no processing indicator is given, the infor- mation was summarized or extracted. Unfamiliar names rendered phonetically or transliterated are enclosed in parentheses. Words or names preceded by a ques- ~ . tion mark and enclosed in parentheses were not clear in the . original but have been supplied as appropriate in context. Other unattributed parenthetical notes within the body of an item or iginate with the source. Times within items are as given by source . The contents of this publication in no way represent the poli- cies, v iews or attitudes of the U.S. Government. COPYRIGHT LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING OWNERSHIP OF - MATERIALS REPRODUCED HEREIN R~.QUIRE THAT DISSEMINATION OF THIS PUBLICATION BE RESTRICTED FOR OFFICIAL USE Oi~TLY. APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 Fl~~ OFFICIAL USE ONLY . JPRS I~/9670 - '7 ApriZ 1981 _ n USSR REPORT - - ~ ~ CYBERNETICS, COMPUTERS AND AUTOMATIaN ~ECHNOLOGY ~ (FOUO 10/81) ~ - CONTENTS HARDWARE CAMAC Controller for the Elektroni,ka-6Q Cc~?puter With In+ernal ProcessLng of Reques~~ .a.~.o..,..........o.,.~..,.....,..oo.. 1 Elektronika-60 C~mpaxison ...,o...o....o.........oo..o.oo....,.......ooo... 8 ~ New Device Developed for Elektronika,60 10 Controller for Connection of the Elektronika T3-lfi Ke~board Computer With the CAMAC CratE~ 14 - CAMAC Modules Oriented Toward the Creation of Terminal ~ Complexes for Various Purposes 16 Microequipment for U;3e in Small Digital Systems Bescribed 18 _ Basic Features ~f PS-300 Control Computing Complex Advertised 22 PS-300 Contxol C~~mputing Complex Described . 24 HYBRID COMPUTERS Specielized Hybrid Control Compu~ers 31 ~ Development of Specialized Hybrid Cont,rol Computers 3~ Practicel Synthesis of Problem-Oriented Hybrid Devices 41 Problema of Hybrid Computer Technology ...........o............ 52 SO}'7'WARE - Automated Production of Applied Program Packages 55 APL/M for Elektronika-60 .............................a.........o....a... 58 , - a- [1ZI - USSR - 21.C S6T FOUO] - � FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300144433-1 I Design of Syntactice,lly Controlled Transle~tors in Dialogue Translator Design System--E1'brus Applic~tion .....o...,............o.. 61 T~~anslator From El'brus-1 MVK Autocode--Model and Realizr~tion .......~n. 65 ~ ~ Ree,lization of the First Version of the C~088 SF~T on the BESM-6 Computer .........................o............................ 67 The MIS System-mEl'brus Application ........o..................0 70 Fundamentals of the Operating System of the Unified Computer System 71 Ba,sic Software of an Air-Space Data Processing Complex .............o... 7~+ Development of an Automated Control System for the . ~ Econo~y of an Administrative Reaion .........................o.o....... 75 Characteristics of the Me,in Complexes of Problems of the ~'irst iJnit of the ASOD of Valmi.yerskiy Re~y~n . , , . ~ . . . . . . . . 77 - Calculating the Economic Effect3veness of the Automated ~ata Processing S3rstem for Valmiyerskiy Ra5�on .....o..........oo...... 78 APPLICATIONS 1ltilizin~ Elektronika S5-12 Microcomputer in M~nitoring Sys-tem 86 ~ ~ , GenersJ.-�Purpose Computer Conanunications~ SyB~tem Utiliaing Flektronika-60 .................o.o..o~~..............o...... 90 = Recognition of Graphic e.r_d Sound Si~nals 98 Raman Spectrometer Controlled by an Elektronika-100I Mini-Computer ...................o....~..o.....~..................... 101 ~lektronike,-60 CAMAC System .......o...~..........oo 103 ~ Network Confyguration of Colleetive-Use Ca~puter Centers .o............ 109 Network Configure,tion of Collective U;3e Computer Centers 11A Experimental Computer Network oF the Latvian Ace~de~y oi' Sciences 111 Solution o.f Economic Problems on Irskit~,-/53~+ Machines . 116 Briefs Optical Memory ~ � 123 - Elorg 123 - Laser Communications Channel 123 Removable Disk Pack 123 - Bulgarian Computere 124 - Bukhara Computer Center 124 YeS-1010, YeS-1033 Computers - 124 ~ b ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ON~,Y APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY CONFERENCES, PERSONALITIES Regional Conference on Image Processing an~i Remote Investigat~ons 125 Anniversary CongratulF~.tioils, Career Review of Control Scientist Trapeznikov .o...a.......o........o.o.oo 127 PUBLICATIONS Translation of Computer Security Book .o,o,,,.o � oQOO.ooo.ooo.ooooo~..0 129 Computer Security and Protection Structures oooa,.,.o.oooo..o.o.o.o..o. 130 Comput~:r Hardwa.re,. Softwaxe for Coffinuni.cations o a o.. . a. o. o o~ o o.~... 132 Computing Systems ooQOOa.oaooooo040000~0000000.0000.0.0.0.0000.00.000.. 1~3i; - lable of Contents from the Journal 'CYBERNETICS' o,.,.,,o.,ooo.oo,o.oo. 138 Abstracts from the Journal 'PROGRAMMING' ~ooo,a,a..o~..~o...ooo.oo.~o.0 1~+0 ' Abstracts fxom the Journal 'AUTOMETRY' o,,,,a,oo,o,..ooo.a~o.~.o.a.o.oo 1~+3 Visual Information Processing in Robots .,oooooooa.o.o...o.~o,.o.aa.o.o 1~+6 Dig~ital Control Systems o,~.ooa.ooooao..o.oo~oo~o.oo..o~oooo..o..�.~~o~ 150 Information Gathering and Transmi~sion ,~ao.o,oo.ooao.o.ooo.o.o�ooo.o.0 152 ~ Problems and Prospects of Developing Neuron Technology .,,.o.o.ooo..oo0 15~+ ~ High-Speed Measuring Subsystems o,o.,~~oo~aooo.o..ooo~~~~o~.o..~.~a..~o 16~ ~ ~ ~1 _ ^ ^ ^ C. FOR OFFICIAL U$E ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY HARDWARE u~c 621.32E�3 CAM.~C CONTROLLER FOR THE ELII{TRONII{A-60 COMPUTER WITH INTE.iNAL" PROCESSING OF RgQUESTS ~ Novosibirsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4~ Jul--Aug 80 pp 10-15 [Article by V. Ye. Saloboyev and V. I. Solonenko, Novosibirsk] [Text] In the controllers oxdinarily used for the "Elektronika-60" microcomputer the time of response to a request is about 20-2s microseconds (and due to regener- ation in the memory that time can reach 180-200 mi%;roseconds). In addition~ module-to-module transfer of information requires ~0-35 microseconds of time. All this greatly limits the possibilities of servicing rapid processes. The task was set of developing a CAMAC crate controller for the "Elektronika-60" microcomputer~ ' which together with the realiza,tion of ordinary modes (program and of interrup- tions) would assure a request response time of less than 1 microsecond and a - module-to-module exchange rate of up to 2.5-3 microsec~nds in a single crate for a certain class of requests. In developing tha,t controllsr the following idea was used: that of introducing _ into the controller its own storage, into which programs for the handling of main line requests are loaded. At the requests of modules the controller must issue necessaxy control signa,ls with minimum delay from that :,torage to the crate ma.in line and assure da.ta transmission within the crate. Similar ideas of control function decentralization were expressed earlier (cf, for exa.mple, [1.2]), but efficient devices of that type axe still not widespread, evidently beca.use of dif- ficulties in their technical realization. Taken as the ba,sic variant for a controller with internal request hax:dling was the controller developed in the Institute of Automation and Eleetrometry~ 3iberian Department~ USSR Academy of Sciences [3]. That controller contains all units of the ba,sic one~ but the internal request handling mod.e a.nd its border with other modes were obtained by introd.ucing 35 raicrocircuits of n~edium integration in which the storage and necessary control units were realized. F;~ure 1 presents a structural diagram of the controller. In it, in ccmparison with the basic variant, only two units have been added--an address sto.rage regis- ter and a main housekeeping program store ~NAF, and a control device was also simulated. The forma,ts of the controller registers axe presented in b'i~ure 2. Work in ordinary program and interruption. modes is not examined in detail here, as it was described in [1]. In the internal request handling mod.e all re~uests 1 - FOR OFFICT.'~L iJSE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 - FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY OW 3-60 /6 Tt1D BY C6D BB BQI tiflPt C~A cHr,` nnvo ~2 68P ~3~ YY 16 ~ n~u ' ~ 9 f0 IOK S D B ~6 ~B !6 'i I- ~ . 8 i ' t5 { 5~ PA PY G~ gr 36 . ~~8 T Cti ~NAF ~V 5 # I ~ N `~5 ~,wH 1 0 ~~6~ w 3's 2~' a 2 ZX ,V:3D4 F4C A 9 L?3 N: A R 8 F. 16i~6 iv t5 F - KAMAK . Figure l. Structural diagram ~f collector. 1-- E-60 computer c:ommon bus 9-- va,lve request register 2-- buffer valve register 10 seni~r byte register 3-- control device 11 readout register - 4-- pseudo-common bus 12 valve recording register 5-- address register 13 a,ddress counter-register 6-- control registPr 14~ NAF register ' - 7-- priority register 15 number (station) decoder _ 8-- discontinuity vector former 16 group request decoder for priority level recorded in the controller priority register are divided into ' two ;roups~ the external and internal (in the ordinaxy discontinuity mode these are the permitted and unpermitted); the following system of priorities, taken in the �'Elektronika-60" computer, is extended to all requests; modules more remote from the controller have a lower priority. When the priority level is lowered, internal .requests will be translated into external~ starting with the greater prioriti?s. Modules which must be serviced in the internal request ha.ndling mode - are alloca,ted places with lower priority in the crates. External requests, as in an ordinary controller, are serviced by computer. Intern- al questions are ha.ndled without direct participation of the computer. The intern- al request ha.ndling mode is included (after the housekeeping program ha.s been recorzled in the NAF register~ when "1" is record.ed in row M1 of the controllt~r control register, and is removed when any reference is made to that crate (during the request ~raiting time) or when an external request appears. ` The housekeeping program is recorded in the NAF register in the followin ma.nner: a) for the suba.ddress A(5~ the initial address is recorded in the RSA; fbr sub- address A(7)~ series NAF of the housekeeping progran?(after each re~istration the a,ddress is automa,tica.lly increased by 1) . To monitor the content of -che NAF regis- - ter the possibility of its readout is provided for. Figure 3 presents a block dia- gram of the internal request handling unit . 2 � FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY _ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ' ~IOOt~407~ 2OT~ IDT~ 4 T ~ 2 T ~ I T ~400~200~ 100~ 40 ~ 20 ~ 10 4 ~ 2 ~ 1 ~ ' (D~is~D~a~Da?s~D~i2~D~n~D~iO~as dD,~ 8 ~D~? ~DA6~DA5 ~DA4~DA 3IDA2 ~DA 1 ~DAO~ ~5~ Pe2ucmpadpeca PA ~ ~p~ ~ ~ ~ 0 C2 C1 Nl6 H8 N4 N2 N1 AB A4 A2 A1 - AetuCmp ymexua PuT R16 R15 Rf4 R13 R12 Rlf Rf~ R9 R8 R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 ~ CL N(0; ~ ~12~ ~~^~N~O P3~B ' wt6 wt5 wi46 wr3 MR1b Wt?b N9b WBb wI6 w6b w56 w46 w36 vi?b wr6 Pezucmp ynpoeneHUa PY ~n~ MI P~D P PX Z C I F8 F4 F2 F1 ~6~ C~N(0)A(0) `ymerw2 Q Pfl P PX X 1 F8 F4 F2 F1 PezucmpnpuopumemaPll ~pnuCO Bfi 113 f12 fl1 f10 ) C4N(0)A(1) t]meHUe Dv sn n3 n2 ni no /lo` PezuCmp .PC6 ~onuL1D w24 w23W W2?W20W19W1B ~~17 l 1 CtN(0)4(2) ~neHUe R24 R23R2?R21 k R19 R/6 Ri7 r9~ Pe2ucmp 3onpxoe P38 ~neHUe ai6 6~,i5 G112 GLII GUO GL9 CLB C67 CC6 CL5 GL4 GL3 CL2 GL 1 ~ C4N(0)A(3) 1 P82LIC/?1PC48/f14UKOdpECOPCA A3 A4 A2 A1 ~ 3~ CyN(0)A(5) /1~1 P82uCmp NAF PNAF Y I N16 NB N4 N2 N1 A8 A4 A2 A! F16 F8 F4 F2 F1 L ! CiN(OjA(7) ' d HoMQp HoMep zp nnOBO- C ~opMam ?cDeu?na ao son oca eeKmopa C2-CI x3 X? X/ XO 0 0 npepaeoHUa Figure 2. Formats of controller registers. a- Recording d- Crate number b- Rea~out e- Group request number c- Format of discontinuity vector Numerica,l keys sa,me as for Figure 1. a ow 3-so aE ~8 4e~ ~ Figure 3. Block diagram of ~ ~ controller with internal request c ~ processing. c~K~ cn yy ~ a- Priority b - Program _ (16 u.~r3 oay c- Main storage . t~ N A F Numerica,l keys same as for Figure 1. KAMAK The controller functions as ~ollows after transition into the internal reqi~est handling mode. Upon appearance of a x�equest which must be serviced in the inter- nal reques't h~�ndling mod.e, the code from the output of the interruption vector former is recorded in the address counter-register as the starting address of the i subprogram for ~ihe servicing of tha.t reque~t. For th~~ initial address the first control word of tp~e house~eeping program is summoned frcm the storage. The con- trol unit prod.uces the first CAMAC cycle, according to which the module selected 3 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY by the control word performs the required operation (.the control word contains the module number N, its subaddress A and the oper~,tion F~. Besides NAF, the control word contains the instruction digit Yl. If in tha.t digit "1" is written, after - the first CAMAC cycle follows a second cycle during which on the ma,in line a new NAF will be produced, rea.d from the next storage cell. The described process will be repeated until the moment when "0" appears in digit Y1; after performance�of the last NAF the controller goes over into the mode of awaiting a new request~ During the servicing of internal requests the controller is disconnected from the _ computer common bus, and this minimizes the mutual inte:rference of the controller _ and computer. In the internal request handling mode several requests can be handled by :nul+,iple repetition of the NAF cha.in (for example, in the drawing of a graph on a CRT). If during the handling of such a request a request with a higher priority appears, it starts to be handled after completion of the NAF cha.in. If the request has arrived from the zone of external ze quest, after completion of the NAF cha,in the external requenst ha,ndling mode will be removed, the controller pror3~aces a KTPR signal and _ cha,nges to the ordinary ha.ndling mode by means of the computer. At least one active moci.ule must be provided for automa,tic emergence (without com- puter participation~ from the internal request handling mcxie in the crate (in that _ ca,se the request of that module must be related to the area of external requests~. Emergence from the internal request handling mode can also be accomplished upon request, formed in the controller upon appearance of the signal Q. Let us note tha,t provision must also be made in the crate ~or facilities for the assignment and storage of corstants, for example, the tumbler register modules. The main storage used on K15jRU2 microcircuits (4 each~ has a capacity of 16 15-di ~it words a.nd permits servicing 4~ internal GLO~L3 requests with an NAF quantity of up to 4~ in the housekeeping program of each request. Those 16 words form in the storage four regions with their own initial addresses (Figure 4~. If a larger number of NAF is required for the servicing of any address at all, a region of the storage of adjacent requests can be used if it is not used in the given experiments. In our opinion, f~ur internal requests are completely adequate ~or the servicing . of a large number of experiments. � a xod Figure 4. Distribution of housekeeping 3BM pr~grams in the storage. bCvemyuK odpeco , a-- computer code d-- computer data b-- address counter e-- NAF signal of end c-- number count~ of housekeeping pro- gram. I ll 111 l: - C py AoHHnie ~ qBM NAF ST ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONL`; ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL IJSE ONL'I In cases in which several mod.ules generating requests axe used in the crate but their housekeeping programs are run in turn (for example, the accumulation of in- forma.tion and visua.lization~ ~ it is advisable to store the internal r~quests house- keeping subroutines in the computer main storage and fill them with the controller storage at the necessary mlments of time. If the modules ge~erating rPquests can- n ot for any reasons be set in position with the ordered requests GLO-~L3, then in ~ that situation a replaceable coder of ~rdered requests should be used�. In prin- ciple it is possible to increase the storage volume for the servicing in an inter- ~ nal request handling mode of 16 ordered requests used in the controller, but tha.t does not seem necessaxy. In the case where subroutines for internal request servicing are stable and do not vary it is possible to use an ROM instead of a storage unit in the contr~ller, which will simplify the controller and work with it. S ome difficulties arise in the use of the described controller if the module con- - tains several sources of request s. To service these requests in internal request ha.ndling mode, they can be spatially divided. In that case it is a.dvisable to bring the additional requests out on the front panel and through auxiliary modules - (established in a desirable position of the crate~ feed them to the crate main line. This method permits the controller to run branching programs, determining - the direction of branching from the saurces of requests wi+hin the module. On the basis of the examined structural diagram a model of a controller with iriter- J na.l request handling ha,s been developed, made and debugged, one completely satisfy- - ing the requirements of EUR 4100 and specifications of the "Elektronika-60" com- puter common bus . - T o verify the working capacity and illustrate the possibilities of a controller with internal request ha,ndling, a system for data collection and visualization was assembled which included the following modules: a 10-bit analog-d.igita.l conver+.er; a main storage of 4-K 16-digit words; ,a 10-digit digital=analog converter; a start- ing pulse generator; a 1'I'R1 iumbler register which assures selective setting of the counter ma.sk trigger; a 2 TR 2 tumbler register which sets the array length; a 3 TR3 tumbler re~ister which sets the initial address of the main storage; a c ounter register (of the array length~ and also an oscillograph and sine-wave sig- , nal generator. The system assures analog-digital conversion of da+a, their remembrance in the storage and their withdrawal by means of a digital-analog converter to an oscillo- graph for observation. The work of the system proceeds in two stages: I-- accumulation of da,ta from the analog-digital converter; II visualizatioii. The equipment is started by the pushbutton of the starting generator, which gener- , ates a pulse which start~ the analog-digital converter through the front panel. U~,.n the appearance c;r a request from the analog-digital converter a series of NAF instruct~nns is issued from the NAF register which assures data readout from the analog-digital converter~ its starting and erasing of the request, the registration of data from the controller in the main storage and deduction of a unit from the contents of the counter-register. Upon completion of the analog-digital conversion a new request develops from the analog-digital converter. 5 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAI, USE ONLY Those chains will proceed at a rate determined b;~the conversion time of the ~ analog-digita.l converter until in the counter-register the content becomes unequal to 0, which summons a request from the counter-register. The counter-register is set in such a position that its request is external. On the basis of tha,t request the internal request handling mode will be removed and the computer will perform preparatorV operations necessa.ry for data visualization. Qn the basis of a request from the counter-register, which was not yet removed dur- ing emergence from the intemal request handling mode, the controller issues a - series of instructions which assure preparation of issuance of a single realization of data from the oscill~graph. Then on the ba,sis of a request from the generator, - which is switched on by a tumbler on the front panel, the controller issues a ser- ies of instructior~s necessary for issua.nce of each readout to the oscillo~raph. As soon as a single realiza.tion is brought out to the screen from the storage, the process will be repeated cyclica,lly on a new request from the counter. Thus, after coruzection of the generator a picture of the registered process is vi;;ible on the oscillograph screen. By means of tumbler registers TRl and TR3 the in3.tial address and length of the arr.ay can oe varied~ which permits examining any fragment of tYie ima,ge in details. Tests have shown the complete working ca,pacity of the controller tha.t ha,s been de- , velaped. The results obtained in tests confirm the accuracy and correctness of the technical decisions adopted. At the present time the developed controller has been ~ trarlsferred to experimental operation. The controller has the following chaxacteristics: l. The ra.te of module-to-mod.ule exchange is 2.5 microseconds per transfer. . ~ 2. 'Che delay time of reaction to a request is not over 250 nanoseconds. _ 3. 'I'he number of internal requests from the crate processed without computer intervention is 4. 4. The number of NAF iri the housekeeping program of a single address is ~(it can be inereased to 16 when the number of requests is reduced accordin~ly). 5. The total number of microcircuits is 110 (ma,inly with sma.ll and medium degrees ~ of inte~ration). 6. Consumption of 2A from the crate 6V power source and of 0.3A from the +jV com- puter source. The developed controller assures control of rapid processes and unloading of the - computer of routine operations. In some cases, aPplicat~_on of the developed con- troller can assure a simpler realization of the system than when multicontroller systems created in accordance with EUR 6500 are used. The ~rinciples built into the controller ca.n be used in the development of controllers for other computers controll.ing CAMAC . In conclusion the authors expres~ appreciation to A. I, Yefrimov, who participated in the e~;perimental part of the work. - 6 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY BIBLIGGRAPHY l. GusPv~ 0. Z., et al. A measurement ma.in-line modular system combined with the NR2116V computer. AVTOME~'RIYA, 19?3, No 2. 2. Aksenov, G. A., et al. Programmable controllers in system for control of phy- sica,l experiment. Ma.terials of Reports presented at the Second All-Union Sym- ~ posium on Programma.ble Modular Systems. Dubna, July 1978. - 3. Kasperovich, A. N.~ and Solor~enko, V. I. Crate controller for the "Elektron-. ` ika-60" computer. In the book: Avtomatiza,tsiya, na.uchn kh issledovaniy na osr~ove primeneniya, EVM (Tezisy dokladov Vsesoyuz. konf.~ [Automa,tion of Scien- ~ tific Investigations on the Basis of Application of Computers (Abstracts of Reports Presented at the All-Union Conference~~. Novosibirsk~ Izdatel'stvo of the Siberian Department, USSR Academy of Sciences, 1979 - COPYRIGHP: I zd.atel'stvo "Nauka", "Avtometriya", 1980 ~71-A-2174 ~ 217~ cso: i863 ~ ~ 7 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY unc 68~..32 EL~{TRONIICA-60 COMPARISON ~ Novosibirs,k AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No Ju1-Aug 80 pp 104-107 [Article~ by A . Kasperovich, Novosibirsk~ - [Excerpts] In the planning of CAMAC systems an important place is occupied by the � development of devices which assure handling the requests of modu.Les. The andling of requests (identifica,tion, separation of the hi.ghest-priority rE~ques~;~ change of the priority levels, ma.sking~ etc~ can be accomplished by either software or hard- war~;; the use of ha,rdware assures a cor~siderable acceleration of handling. The hardware needed for request handl.ing ca.n be arr�d.nged either in special modules (request sorters~ ~_1~ or directly in the controllers. Thus~ for example, in a con- troller ~2~ a device is used which solves the prob.lem of sepa.rating and identifying - a request of higher priority. Requests arrive in that controller at the input of the sorter which, after analyzing them, issues the interruption vector (the address _ at wh~ch the ha,r..dling subroutine starts~ of the highest-priority request. A second ~task, control of the re aESt q~ priorities, can in principle be accomplished by commutation of requests arriving a~ the controller sorter input. Change of the priority level is desirably done by means of a computer which controls the crate through a controller. Commutati.on of requests by mechanical switches is not effective and not always convenient. _ In the contreller's request sorter [3~, microcircuits of priority interruption 5891K7-~ are used to separate the highest-priority request. In tha,t ca.se when erasure of the discussed request and permission of the new inter- ruption will be accomplished in succession by two computer instructions, with a length of execution of an instruction of more tha.n 6 microseconds (which is valid, for exampl.z~ for a computer of the Elektronika-60 type), erroneous secondary re- quests will not arise. Therefore it can be concluded that it is advisable to use such a device to change the priorities of requests in controllers controlled by mini-computers. BIBLIOGRAPHY l. Nikityuk, N. M. Programmno-upravlyayemyye bloki v standarte KAMAK (Progran:- controlled Units in the CAMAG Standard~. Moscow, Energiya, 1977, pp 22-116. 8 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 2. Yelizarov~ 0. I., Zhukov~ G. P.~ and Ma.chev~, A. A. Frame controller in the CAMAC standard for coupling with the M-4-00 computer. Preprint P-8396, Dubna~ Izdatel'stvo Jo:Cnt Nuclear Resea~ch Institute, 197~~ - 3. Kasperovich~ A. N., and Solonenko, V. I. Crate controller for the Elektron- ika-50 computer. In the book: Avtoma,tizatsiya na.uchnykh issledovaniy na osnove primeneniya EVM (Computer-based Autamation of Scientific Investigations) (Summaries of Reports Presented at the Al1-Union Conference). Novosibirsk, izdatel'stvo Institute of Automation and Electrometry, Siberian Uepartment, USSR Aca.demy of Sciences, 1979� ~vPYR~GHtI': Izd.atel'Gtvo "Nauka", "Avtometriya", 1980 [71a-zY74] 2174 cso: 1863 J ~ 9 FOR 'OFFI~TAT, I1SR ONT.Y APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - UDC 681.327.3.8 NEW DEVICE DEVEI.OPED FOR ELEKTRONIKA-60 Moscow PRIBORY I SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA in Russian No 11, 1980 p 13 [Article by Candidates of Tee}~ni:cal Sciences. S. I. Yemets and I. F. Khanin and engineers P. P. Kulikov, A. A. Ovdiyenlco, and I. D. Fetrenko: "Unit for Parallel Exchange of Information with the Elektronika-60 Microcomputer"] [Text] Contemporary complexes of hardware for automated control systems for - indus*_rial processes are~created on the basis of broad employment of the latest advances of microelectronics, in particular using microprocessor sets and microcomputers. The Elektronika-60 microcomputer stands out among the computing machines of this r_lass p~oduced by domestic industry. Thanks to its small size, low cost, and program compatibility with the SM-3 and SM-4 - computers, it can be used in both local systems and comprehensive automated control systems for industrial processes with decentralized data processing. ~ The connection of external units to microcomputers is envisioned using the � I1 parallel exchange devices produced together with the computers. Each of them can connect one external unit working on input-output to the micro- computer. Considering that the maximum load of a channel of the Elektronika- - 60 microcomputer is 17 standard units, where the standard Console-260, FS-1501, and PL-150 units and a full volume of internal memory are used in a set with the machine, only eight extex~nal units can be connected by means of I1 devices. In some cases this is plainly inadequate. A device for parallel exchange of information that converts the internal interface of the Elektronika-60 microcomputer into a coupling interface _ with the external unit was developed to expand the functions of systems ` built on the basis of this microcomputer. The coupling i.nterface with an external unit is organized on the radial mainline principle and includes the following 36 sig-~a1 lines: 16 two- directional data exchange lines D< 0-15 eight address lines for selec- tion of external units A< 0-7 one line ap iece for strobing the address of tfie W's [possibly subtracters] which transmit and receive data; eight interrupt request lines from the external memory units < 0-7 one clear external units line. 10 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - T}ze D< 0-15 W, data receiving, data transmitting, and clear lines are collective; the A< 0-7 > and memory unit < 0-7 > are individual. When , the lines are used in this way one parallel data exchange unit permits con- - necting up to eignt external ~nits to the microcomputer, and where the A< 0-7 > lines are used as collective-use lines it is possible to connect up to 256 external unit registers to the device. The parallel exchange device provides information exchange between the micro- computer and the external units in a program mode and upon interrupt de- mands from the external units. Through the use of two-directional data exchange lines with the external units the total number of external interface lines was reduced in comparison - - with the number of external lines of the I1 device. Data may be transmitted from the microcomputer to external units in 16-bit words and bytes (higher-order and lower-order); data can be received from the external units only in 16-bit words. Figure 1 below shows a structural diagram of the device. The coupling buf - fers with the microcomputer and external units are built with K589AP26 and K589AP16 elements respectively and provide two-directional data exchange. Key: (1) Address/Data; ~ ~ (2) Buff er Coupling with Micro- Computer; _ (3) Multiplexor; 6Cc PO ' (4) Data Register; _ M ~~By (5) Buffer Coupling with " 3BM (3~. External Units; ,aePec/ (2) 5) .4oNNa~ (6) Data; ~ Q~NHOlP ~ 6, ~1~ ~ . (7) Interrupt Logic; , (8) Interrupt Request; (9) State Register; '~~~~NUq (10) Address; . . ~ Ad ~ ~~1) Control; y~~~~ /lu~ n evieaue ~12) Decoder; 12 (13) Control. - Figure 1. Actual Diagram of the Unit The levels of the signals in the lines of tfie microcomputer are: logical "1" - + (0-0.8) volts; logical "0" - + (2-3,4) volts. The signal levels in the lines of the coupling interface with external units are: logical "1" - + (2-3.4) volts; logical "0" - + (0-0.8) volts, , 11 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - The data and state registers are built with K155IR13 elements. The data register is designed to store 16-bit words of data received from the micro- computer and to output it through the coupling buffer to external units. It - may be loaded and read by program. The state register has 16 bit positions: eight low-order bits are allocated for storage of interrupt authorizations ' from external units and may be loaded and read by programs; the eight higher- order bits m~y only be read by program and serve as external unit flags. The decoder analyzes the address part of the cycle of data exchange with the microcomputer. The bit positions 00-2 of the address together with control signals of the computer are used t~ produce internal and external control signals; positions 11 and 12 are used for addressing the appropriate ex- change units, and positions 03-10 are used for addressing to external units . connected to the particular exchange units. The logical part of the interrupt is made with a K589IK14 element and is designed to receive eight interrupt requests from external units and or- ganize priority service for them based on control signals from the micro- computer. The multiplexor provides feeding of four types of information to the micro- computer: addresses of interrupt vectors; data from the state register, external units, and the content of the data register, Figure 2 below presents a combined time diagram of the work of the exchange _ unit in the data input-output mode. Key: (1) Channel Signal for Trans- mission of Data/Address; /r A~ ABpec fjQNN~/C * ~2) Channel Signal for Selec- ~1) Q C tion of External Unit; ~ ~2~ K ey ~12) - (3) Channel Signal for Syn- ~3~ ~ ~~A chronization of Active Device; (4)A : (4) Address Line Signal; (5)sre ~ (5) Address Strobing Signal_; (6) Channel Signal of Data ( 6 )'~r ~ee~reo,q out put ; e~ . (7) Strobing Signal of Trans- mitted Data; (,g) K CN~ (8) Channel Signal of Synchroni- ~9~ . zation of P~ssive Unit; (10)K ~~.4 _ (9) Data Transmission Signal; (10) Channel Signal of Data (11) B~ Input ; (11) StT�obing Signal of Data Received; (12) Address; (13) Data. Figure 2. Combined Time Diagram of the Work of the Unit in Input-Output Modes. 12 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY I APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 ' FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ' - ~ I In design terms the exchange unit is a single printed plate with dimensions ~ 240 x 28~~ x 12 millinieters. It receives power from a power supply source with a voltage of +5 volts �5 percent. The current used by the device does not e.YCeed 1.5 amps. COPYRIGfIT: Izdatel'stvo "Mashinostroyen~iye", "Pribory i sistemy upravleniya", ~ 1980 . [72-11176] 11,176 CS0:1863 ' � 13 ~ ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE uNLY ~ ~ UDC F81.3 CONTROLLER FOR CONNECTION OF THE ELEKTRONIKA T3-16 KEYBOARD COMPUTER WITH THE CAMAC CRATE Novosibirsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4~, Jul-Aug 80 pp 15-19 [Article by A. M. Shcherba,chenko and Yu. I~ Yurlov, Novosibirsk) ~ [Excerpts~ Electronic keyboard computers are finding ever-wider application in the automation of processes of ineasurement and control. They permit creating and later , developing inexpensive and simple-to-operate systems for data collection and pro- cessing and for the control of various technological processes. The low cost, simplicity of programming and introduction of the workin~; program and the possibility of operating with words w9_th large digit capacity make it prefer- able to use specialized keyboard computers in such systems in cases where the lat- _ ter do not need the speed and storage possibilities of minicomputers or for economic considerations the de�~elopment of systems does not allow expenditures connected with the applica,tion of minicomputers. Proposed in this article is one of the approa.ches to the construction of a crate- controller, intended for the inclusion of specialized "Elektronika T3-16 (T3-16M~" keyboard computers [1~ in system~ for da,ta collection and processing and control cor_r.esponding to CAMAC pxinciples ~2~. The crate-controller developed in the Institute of Automation and.Electrometry~ Siberian Department, USSR Academy of Sciences assures the formation and performance of CAMAC instructions in modules of a single crate; transmission of numerical in- formation from one CAMAC module to another without being reme:~bered in t;he internal registers of keyboard computers; the accomplishment of operations of tetrad output - of binary numbers obtained in keyboard computers by programming; the accomplishment of interruptions according to requests from CAMAC modules. The developed controller is used to control CAMAC modules in a precision photo- plotter to record synthesized optical elements with axial symmetry, controll~d fror~ _ an "Elektronika T3-16M" keyboard computer C3~� ' BIBLIOGRAPHY ~ 1. Malogabaritnaya spetsializirovannaYa vychislitel'naya ma.shina. "Elektronika ~ T3-16" (The "Elektronika T3-16" Specialized Desk Compu~er). Moscow, TsNII- Elektronika, 1975� - l~+ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . I APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOIt OFFICIAL LTSE QNLY 2. EUR 4100e. A Modula,r Instrumenta.tion System for Data. Handling. Revised Description and Specifica.tion. ESONE Commi~t~e~ 1972� Vedernikov, V. M. , et al. ;iinoformy. Pretsizioruiyy fotopostroitel' dlya 6iri- teza opticheskikh elementov (Motion Ficture F'orms. Prscision Photoplotter for Synthesis of Optica,l Elements). Preprint No 93~ Novosibirsk, Izd.a,tel�stv~ Institute of Automa,tion and Electroscopy, Siberian Department, USSR Aca,demy of - Sciences, 1979� COPYRIGHT: Izda.tel'stvo "Nauka", "Avtometriya", 1980 [71A-2174] _ 2174 cso: i863 15 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ - FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ unc 681.3z ~ CAMAC MODUI~ES ORIENTID TOWARD TI~ CREATION OF TERMINAL COMPLEXES FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES Novosibirsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4,Jul-Aug 80 pp 20-24 [Article by Ye. N. Bobrov, V. A. Slepnev and B. V. Fesenko, Novosibirsk] [Excerpts~ At present work is being widely done on the creation of computer net- works which combine a large number of ~~~territorially dispersed terminal complexes. ~ The terminal complexes provide convenient and effective access to the computer sys- tem and permit realizing multilevel computation procedures and ma,xima,lly satisfying requests of users. In the NP ~unidentified~ Special Design Bureau, Siberian Department, USSR Academy of Sciences a number of modules ha,ve been developed tha,t are intended for the or- ganization of terminal complexes of the network of the Shared MulticomputEr Center, Siberian Depa~-tmenti, USSR A cademy of Sciences. The modules were executed in the CAMAC~ str.~,nda.rd, which provides tr~e possibility of programmed control of any unit - of the terminal network. Be~.ow are described the ba.sic mod.ules of the terminal complexes, provisionally broken down into two groups: modules for coupling a crate with di~ferent kinds of termina,].s and modules for coupling the crate ma.in line with successive communica,tion channels. All these mod.ules ha.ve standa.rd control from the crate ma.in line . The following apply to modules of group I: The V-340 drive serves to ma.tch the signa,ls of the para11e1 interface of the "Video- - ton34~0" alpha,numeric display with signa,ls of the crate ma,in line. The module has a - width of 1 M. The FS-1501 r,.rive is intended for ma,tching FS-1501 photoreader signals with crate ma,in-line signals. The module ha.s a width of 1 M. The PZ-150 drive ma.tches P1-150 tape punch signals with crate main -line signals. The module has a width of 1 M. The V-311-3 drive serves for matching signa,ls of the "Videoton-34~3" line printer with crate ma,in-line signals. The module ha.s a width of 1 M. - The UWK-601 drive is used to ma,tch signals of the input device from UWK-601 punched ca,rds with crate ma.in-line signals. The module ha.s a w~dth of 2 M. 16 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FQR OFFICIAL USE ONLY The C-260 drive is intended for ma.tching signal~ of the "Consul-260" electrica.l typewriter with crate ma.in-line signa,~.s . The module ha.s a width of 2 r! . mhe ASR-33~V��3~0 drive serves for the matching of ASR-33 teletype signals or of "Videccon-3~b0" alphanumeric display interface signa,Is with crate ma.in-~ine si~n~.ls. - The modu3e ha.s a width of 1 M. A model of a dialog-packa,ge terminal complex is being experimentally operated on ' communication channels with the M-6000 and BESM-6 computers. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Nikityuk, N. M. Prog~rair.mo-upravlya,yemyye bloki v standarte CAMAC (Program Con- trollable Units in the CAMAC Standard). Moscow, Energiya, 1977� 2. Marchuk~ G. I., et al. The program of work on creation of the shaxed multi- _ computer center in the Novosibirsk Scientific Center~ Siberian Department, USSR Aca.demy of Sciences ~Project "Shared Multicomputer Center"). Preprint No 130. Izdatel'stvo Computer Center, Siberiax! Department~ US5R Aca.demy of Sciences~ 1978. 3. ISO 3309. Data Communica.tion--High-level Data Link Control Procedures--Frame ' Structure. , COPYRIGHT: Izda.tel'stvo "Nauka', "Avtometriya.", 1980 [71A-2174) z17~ cso: 1863 - 17 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL LSE ONLY - UDC 681.325.5-181.4 MICROEQUIPMENT FOR USE IN SMALL DIGITAL SYSTEMS DESCRIBED Moscow PRIBORY I SIST~,MY UPRAVLENIYA in Russian No 11, 1980 p 29 [Article by engineers V. T. Yermolov and G. E. Vasarin'sh and Csndidate of . Technical Sciences A. A. Chipa: "Set of Microequipment Based on a Series K580 Microprocessor"] [Text] The Institute of Electronics and Computer Technology of Academy of Sciences Latvian SSR has developed a set of microequipment based on the K580 microprocessor for building comparatively small digital systems based on microprocessors (see Figure 1 below). It consists of two printed plates. s ~ ~~S ' S~, i.~~~~~. . 3 y~~ ~ t ~T~ >yY:h,;~. ~~l:' . ;s; e< _ :ti~. : ~~:'ai_~ .~~,k~,~ ~~y t~...:. . . Figure 1 One is a single-plate microcomputer and the second is a control console (key- board and display) and may be connected to the first by cable. A resident monitor with a read-only memory of 1,000 bytes on a microcomputer plate has - been developed as system software. The set is designed to provide developers of small digital systems based on microprocessors with inexpensive built-in microcomputers for use as design modules; to devise an inexpensive and easily mastered system of debuggi.ng pro- grams written in the machine code of the series K580 microprocessor without ` using scarce standard input-output units; to develop an easy-to-handle set of training equipment for studying microprocessor technology. 18 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 I FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Figure 2 below shows a structural diagram of a microcomputer whose central element is an eight-bit K580 microprocessor. The tw~-phase synchronization - signals necessary for the work of the microprocessor are issued by a cyclical pulse generator built with K155 microcircuits and 2T608 transistors. - A !l PN ~ PN N CA 0~ I Mn D!U . 2 ~ CK 1, 6 ~ - ~T 5) 14 y ~ Figure 2 Key: (1) Address Line; (2) Microprocessor; (3) System Monitor; (4) Address Line Drfver; (5) Read-Only Manory; ( 6; Internal Memory; (7) ParalleZ Interface; (8) Parallel Interface; (9) Sequent3.a1 Interface; (10) Priority Interrupt System; (11) Data Line Driver; (12) Buffer Memory; (13) Data Line; (14) Control Line; (15) Cyclical Pul~e Generator . The appropriate series 589 microcircuits are used as address ana data line drivers, while the system monitor is made from a series K589 multimode buffar register and series K155 microcircuits. The monitor forms all necessary microcomputer control signals and the control line. The read-only memory unit is constructed from K505 reprogrammable large integrated circuits. The internal memory unit is made from K565 aeries large ir~tegrated circuits. The outputs of the read-only and internal memory units form the auxiliary line, which is connected with the systan data line through the buffer memory built with series K589 MBR's [expansion unlmown] . The microcomputer has parallel and sequential interfaces for coupling with exteznal equipment; for this the appropriate K580 series large integrated circuits are used. The microcomputer contains a system of priority int~r- rupts. One vector of the system is used for efficient operation of trie _ system monitor. The system lines are connected tc, a separate plug of the microcorLLputer plate, which makes it possible for the user to expand the system if necessary. 19 FOR OFFI~IAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Technical Description of the Microcomputer Programming Language . . . . . . . . . . Machine Godes (in 16-Position Systems) Central Processor . . . . . . . . . . . K580IK80 Single-Crystal . Bit Config~iration :in Binary Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speed in Operations per Second 2,600 (R-R Format) Interrupt System . . . . . . . . . . . . . Priority, 8 Vectors Capacity in Bytes: Internal Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 , Read-Only Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 000 Number of Programmable Input-Output Lines: P~ra 11 el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 Sequent ial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Voltage Supply from DC Network, in volts ....+5, -5, +12, -12 Dimensions, millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 x 24~ When system software is used a control console made of an in.dividual plate , with a button-type keyboard and one-line display is connected to the micro- computer plate. The keyboard buttons are b;.o ken into t~ao groups. One has 16 buttons and is designed for the set of 16-bit codes (O:F); the other is formed of eight buttons and is for executing monitor commands. The one-line display can show six 16-bit characters and is assembled from seven-segment light-emitting diodes. The keyboard and display are served _ by the system monitor using one of the parallel interfaces of the micro- computer. In tl:is case the code is outputted through port A of the inter- face to segments of the display (see Figure 3), while the excitation code of tE~e iines of the matrix of .the keyboard and anode switches goes through port B. The code taken from the columns of the keyboard matrix is f ed to the microcomputer through port C. The MOS outputs of ports A and B are ~ coupled to the console circuit through a group of series K155 TTL[expansion _ unknown] gates. The console has dimensions of 240 x 140 millimeters. e Key: (1) Gates; ~~~c (2~ Parallel Interface; ~ (3) Anode Keys; pp,~l ) ( 4 ) Keyboard ; js . ~ ' 3;`y~r e ~ . i ~ vn"` ~ ~...,`ta4 e ` ~~k` F ~:.'V~,'i~El a.. ' � . . , ; ~ Figure 2 - The interrupt system in the PS-300 computer is a priority circuit system with one level; the sources of interruption are programs, the timer, and external units. Punched tape is fed by a FS-1501 unit, Output is printed using a small ~ MPU16-3 printer Detailed information on the PS-300 computer has been published at an earlier time.* Basic Technical Description of the PS-300 Computer Volume of i~iain M~ory, in bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 000 Equivalent Productivity in Short Operations per Second . 50,000 Volume of Decision Field in Cells of Similar Structure . 24 x 16 Number of Outlets to 2K Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 The Analog Signal Input Unit This unit is designed to handle data from analog signal pickups: switching, normalization, conversion to binary code, and output into the processor and operator`s console. The unit has contactless switching with galvanic iso- lation of the input circuits. * Prangishvili, I. V., Todau, D. A., Abramova, N. A., Vep khvadze, A. N., et al, "The PS-300 Computer," PRIBORY I SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA No 10, 1978. 26 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Basic Technical Description of the Analog Signal Input Unit Number of Input Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Value of Signal: Input, in milliamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Output, in b3nary bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - Basic Calculated Error, % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 Conversion Frequency, in Khz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . Input Impedance of Measurement Channel without Norming Resistor, in Kohm . . , . . . . , 50 Coefficient of Suppression of Noise Signal,~in dbs: ~ Transverse Frequency of 50 Hz, at least 60 Longitudinal Frequency, at least . . . . . . . . . . 100 Maximum Distance to Pickups, meters . . . . . . . . . . 500 Power Input, watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dimensions, millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . .482 x 482 x 265 Discrete Signal Input Unit This unit is used to switch and transmit to the processor data from initi- ative and noninitiative pickups of discrete signals. The input circuits of this unit are protected against accidental voltages of 220 volts rela- tive to the ground in the linkage line with the "dry contact" sensors. The unit also has automatic monitoring of the linkage line with the sensors for a break in the circuit or a short circuit to the ground. Data is f ed to the processor by groups. The interrupt signal goes to the processor_when the state of the initiative pickups chang~s from "0" to "1," from "1" to "0," and for any change. Along with Che interrupt signal the unit issues to the processor an address and information on the sensors of the group in which the change occurred. Discrete signal pickups of the "dry contact" type and two-position pulse type with signals of 2.4-5.25 and 0-0.4 volts, corresponding to logical "1" and "0" respectively, are connected to the discrete signal input unit. Basic Techn ical Description of Discrete Signal Input Unit Niimber of : - Two-Position Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128* Sensors in a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Frequency of Polling of Sensors, Khz . . . . . . . . . . 10 Maximum Distance to Sensors, meters . . . . . . . . . . 500 _ Power Input, watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dimensions, millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . 482 x 482 x 265 *The number of initiative sensors is unlimited. 27 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY _ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY In the analog and discrete signal input units cyclical polling of connecced sensors is organized with writing of results in the buffer memories of these units. When the processor refers to the analog or discrete signal input unit the information is outputted from the internal memory and, thus, the frequency of data exchange between them and the processor in fact depends entirely on the fr~quency of the programmed processor channel. With the exception of the channel switching blocks the diagrams of tha ana- log and discrete signal input units are identical. This kind of standardi- zation greatly simplif ies their manufacture and use. Output Unit This unit is designed to output analog and discrete signals to influence the controlled ob~ect. It receives the address of the channel and the value of the action in binary code from the processor and converts the analog action into a standardized current signal or amplifies the discrete action signals. It is possible to assign values of analog and discrete action signals in bi- nary code by manual means from the engineer's console. They are given in groups. Basic Technical Description of the Output Unit 0 Number of Channels for Outputting Analog Action 16 Output Analo~ Signal, milliamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Load Impedance, in Kohm, not more than 2.5 Error in Processing Analog Action Signals, ,�o 0.25 Conversion Time, milliseconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Number of Channels: Two-Position Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 In a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Parameters of Two-Position Action: For Log ical "1" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 For Log ical "0" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Maximum Distance from Output Unit to Regulators and Actuating Mechanisms, meters . . . . . . . . . . . 500 Power Input, watts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dimensions, millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . 482 x 482 x 265 Operator's ConsolP The functions of the operator's eonsole include indicating the values of parameters being measured and calculated on the digital instrument, con- necting a requested program in the line for execution in the procassor or remov ing a program from the line, feeding the values of constants to the processor, and indicating the state of the particular units of the PS-300 CCC. The console is connected to the processor by two interface cards, one of which is designed to connect the processor to the unit for controlling external digital units and the deviation warning panel. This unit is de- signed for inclusion in the console and provides output of information 28 FOR OFFTCIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY from the processor and the analog signal input unit on the external digital instruments as well as warnings on the warning panel when parameters deviate from the norm. The external digital instruments and deviation warn- ing panels can be put om m~e~nonic diagrams or at any place convenient for the operator. ~ Basic Technical Description of Operator's Console _ Bit Configuration of Digital Instruments in Decimal Bits . 4. Maximum Number of: Analog Signal Input Units Connected . . . . . . . . . . 4 Digital Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Parameters Output to Signal Panels . . . . . . . . . . 32 Power Input , wat t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Dimensions, millimeters 482 x 482 x 265 Software of the PS-300 CCC The software of the PS-300 CCC includes a system of commands, a library of commands (arrays of adjustment information), and the following systems: - control; input-output control (drivers); test; translation~-simulation, and command design. The programs of the translation-simulation and command design systems and the library of operators form the cross-software of the PS-300 CCC. The bulk of it is written in FORTRAN-IV; it has been written for the YeS disk operations system and the ASVT [possibly modular system _ of computer equipment] disk operations system. The PS-300 CCC is supplied with a package of applied programs. The first phase of the applied software of the PS-300 CCC contains the following packages: standard programs and programs for adaptive control oriented to automated control systems or chemical production; manitoring and control of power industry facilities; analysis of the composition of matter; process- ing of chromatographic data; dynamic optimization of indu:trial processes; system of d iscrete control of flow lin es. Characteristics of the PS-300 CCC The ~entral computer in the PS-300 CCC is a computer with rearrangeable homo- geneous structures. The presence of an arithmetic-logical unit with rear- rangeable homogeneous structures in the PS-300 processor makes it possible _ to feed new commands that are essential to the user to the command system _ without changing the machine circuits. Although machines with micro- program control also have this advantage, when the same commands are re- peated in computers with microprogram control the corresponding micro- program is run each time, whereas in the PS-300 computer the homogeneous medium, once� adjusted, guarantees subsequent hardware execution of these commands. The cross-software for translation and simulation makes it possible to de- bug new programs witttiout disconnecting the control computing complex for a - long time. J 29 FOR OFI'ICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY The internal 1 inkage insures continuous representation and updating of data _ from the analog signal sensors in the digital instrumen ts even if the proc- essor malfunctions. This is especially important for normal maintenance of an industrial process when switching to manual control. It greatly improv~g the reliabil ity of a control system built on the basis of the PS-300 CCC. The reliability, noise suppression, and speed of arealag signal input are im- proved through the use of contactless ~witching and galvanic isolation of the input analog channels. The functional and design completenass of all the units of the PS-300 CCC, which is expressed in the fact that all the elements necessary to accomplish consolidated functions are contained in one invariable design~ simplif ies as- sembly for designing automated control systems for industrial processes or other systems as well as the ordering and ~aanufacture of control computing complexes. ~ COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Mashinostroyeniye", "Pribory i sistemy upravleniya", 1980 [72-1176] - 11,176 Cso : 1.863 30 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY HYBRID COMPUTERS SPECIALIZED HYBRID~CONTROL COMPUTERS Moscow SPETSIALIZIROVANNYYE GIBRIDNYYE UPRAVLYAYUSHCHE-VYCHISLITEL'NYYE USTROYSTVA in Russian 1980 (signed to press~6 May 80) pp 2$4-286, 288 [Table of contents and annotation from book "Specialized Hybr id Control Computers", by Kemer Borisovich Norkin, Izdatel'stvo "Energiya'�, 5,500 copies, 288 pages] Contents Page Foreword 5 Introduction 8 Part 1. General Principles of Constructing Problem-Orieizted Hybrid Computers Chapter 1. General Principles of Constructing Elementary Hybrid Machines 17 l.l. Main principles of constructing hybrid systems: c losed state and algorithmic capability 17 1.2. Effectiveness of interaction with external medium 21 1.3. Controllability of functional assemblies and decomposition of controls 26 1.4. Optimum display of digital variables 28 1.5. Unitary principle of accounting and control 30 1.6. Optimum garallellization of calculations 34 Chapter 2. General Principles of Constructing Large Widely Specialized Hybrid Systems 39 2.1. Structural completeness of association 39 2.2. Separability 40 2.3. Blocking capacity 41 2.4. Balancing capacity, elementary competitiveness and optimum complexing 42 2.5. Hierarchical ability and autosimilarity 4~ Part 2. Component Base of Hybrid Computers of Unitary Configuration Chapter 3. Systems Approach to Component Base and Nomenclature of Components of Unitary Machines 56 31 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FUR UFFICIAL USE ONLY 3.1. Main features of component base of unitary hybrid machines 56 3.2. Methodology of systems approach 59 3.3. Nomenclature of component base of unitary mr:hines 62 Chapter 4. Circuit Components of Unitary Machines 63 4.1. Operating amplifiers 63 4.2. Threshold components (comparators) 66 4.3. Switching components and code-current and code-voltage converters� 71 ' 4.4. Passive components 74 Chapter 5. Resolving Components of Unitary Machines 76 ~ 5.1. Balancing circuits 76 5.2. Adders of digital multilevel signals 80 - 5.3. Analog and digital signal multipliers 82 ~ 5.4. Unitary signal to elementary integral code converters 86 5.5. Integral code to elementary differential (unitary) code converters 88 5.6. Uncontrolled functional converters 89 5.7. Storage cells 92 5.8. Multistable components 99 ~ 5.9. Comparator assemblies 102 5.10. Pulse counters 102 5.11. Addressing devices 104 5.12. Promising circuit components 105 Chapter 6. Most Important Functional Asser,lblies of Unitary Machines 105 6.1. Multidigit counters 105 6.2. Semipermanent (one-sided) binary memory with unitary addressing 107 6.3. Semipermanent (one-sided) unitary memory with unitary addressing 109 ~ 6.4. Controlled functional converters 113 6.5. Analog (unitary) st~rage devices 115 - 6.6. Analog-digital converters for unitary systems 117 Part 3. Universal Unitary Iterative Machine Chapter 7. Formalized Description of Iteration Process 120 ` ?.1. General definition of iteration process 120 7.2. Standard components for description and canonical order of fulfilling operations 123 7.3. Complete description of iteration process of unitary computers 129 Chapte r 8. Structure of Universal Unitary Computer 144 H.1. General configuration and varieties 144 8.2. Structure of elementary machine 147 8.3. Main program 156 Chapter 9. Realization of Devices of Elementary Machine and Formalized Description 163 9.1. Resolving part and time analyzer 163 9.2. Locking device 167 9.3. Data input-output 172 - 9.4. For.nalized description of elementary machine 173 32 - FOR OFFICIA~, iJSE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Part 4. Synthesis and Realization of Prablem-Oriented Hybrid Computers Chapter 10. State of the Art of the ~'roblem of Synthesis and Prospects 182 10.1. Obtaining a closed description ~.82 10.2. Equivalent conversions of descriptions 187 . 10.3. Use of ~ptimization 193 Chapter 11. Practical Synthesis of Problem-Oriented Hybrid Devices 198 11.1. Practical experience of synthesis 198 - 11.2.. Control device of instriunent for adjusting the quartz circuit to resonance 201 11.3. Aircraft navigation computer 218 11.4. Synthesis of widely specialized unitary machines and program�ning 229 ~ Chapter 12. Experience of Develo?~cnent and Application of Unitary Computers 240 ~ 12.1. Experience of constructing widely specialized devices 240 12.2. Experience of constructing *~arrowly specialized devices 263 12.3. Area of feasible application of developed methods of construct- ing hybrid computer systems 265 Bibliography 2~z The problems of constructing sx~ecialized and problem-ariented hybrid computers are considered and the methods of describing the r,~achines and programs, the principles of contr~lling ~he calculating process and methods of displaying digital variables are given. Intended for developers of various types of computer equipment. It will be useful to students and graduate students specializing in the field of computer technology. COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Energiya", 1980 [108-6521] 6521 CSO: 1863 33 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 DEVELOPMENT OF SPECIALIZED HYBRID CONTROL COMPUTERS Moscow SPETS IALIZ IROVANNYYE GIBR7DNYYE UPRAVLYAYUSHCHE-VYCHISLITEL'NYYE USTROYSTVA in Russian 1980 (signed to press 6 May 80) pp 5-16 ~ . [Foreword and introduction from book "Specialized Hybrid Control Computers"� by Kemer Borisovic~ Norkin, Izdatel'stvo "Energiya", 5,500 copies, 288 pages] [Text] Foreword The proposed book is addressed to specialists whose activity is related to develop- ment of specialized control computer equipment. This has in mind both those who directly make specific engineering decisions and those who are responsibZe for planning the system as a whole and its configuration and those who conduct theo- retical investigations in this field. Hybrid control computer devices are considered in the book. This does not mean that the use of hybrid devices xs recommended in all cases. However, it is obvious that only on the basis of the theory of hybrid computer systems can specific real- izations of contrcl computer devices be achieved with different,ratio of analog and ~ digital variables--from completely digital to completely analog. Thus, selection of the optimum ratio of the volumes of analug and digital variables and ~;pecifical- ly selection of the point of conversion of analog variables to digital foi-m is car- ried over from the sphere of scholastic a priori discussions to the sphere: of precise calculations. Purely digital or purely analog approaches do not provide this capability. The main thing that distinguishes the ideology of constructing computer devices being developed in the given book is the viewpoint that the form of information display (analog or digital) is not, reqardless of how paradoxical it seems, the mair. feature by which digital and analoq computers of traditional config~iration are distinguished. The determining factor is the difference in the degree of auto- mation, algorithmization and parallellism of the calculating process. Indeed, the variety of possible engineering solutions in the field of display of variables is now so great that it is obviously rational to first determine the configuration of the system and its operatinq program and then to determine the optimum form of in- formation display in i~s different parts from economic and other concepts. Thus, we feel that it is incorrect to reject the digital or analog method of information display without consideration of the specific situation in which the cor~C~Yonding computer system is beinq developed. This means, according to the adopted method of synthesis, that the initial structure must be hybrid so that a purely dzgital, purely analog or some other intermediate solution eould be found during opti_mization from this structure. . 3~ FOR OFF(CiAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY The structure of some universal hybrid computer ora.ented toward a very broad class of problems is proposed in the book to realize the indicated useful propert~� of the hybrid approach. The structure has great flexibility, i.e., it permits one tC find many possible ~:ariants of technical realizat.ions. Many generally accepted engineering solutions are also found as a special case. The variety of germissible variants provides the possibility of optimization. The plan of the proposed book is simple. It is divided into four parts by content. The language of describing the iteration processes and machines, the structure of a universal iteration machine and methods of realizing the individual devices of it are given in Part 3. The developed formalism requires justification both in the - sense of feasibility and in the s~nse of practical realizability of the recommenda- tions ensuing from i~t. Therefore, general principles are given in Part 1 which should be the basis of efficient hybrid systems, while principles of engineering � realization of devices of iterative hybrid machines are given in Part 2. Part 4-- . the largest in the volume--is devoted to appli.ed aspects of the developed methods. Examples of formalized synthesis are given here and examples of synthesis of spe- cific devices are presented. Moreover, a number of specialized machines which embody the principles re commended in the book are given in Part 4. A. A. Fel'dbaum and L. N. Fitsner were innovators of investigations in the given r direc*ion in 1959. Many authors influenced the fo=-mation of views outlined in the book. This is indicated by the bibliography. I would especially like to note the influence of such well-known scientists as G. Ye. Pukhov, A. V. Kalyayev, B. Ya. ICogan ar..d R. G. Smolov. I am glad to note the import~nt assistance which Ye. G. Aleksandrov, S. A. Vazhnov, S. B. I~leybanov, N. L. Logunova, E. D. Mit'kov, I. P. Myshkin, V. M. Prut, V. D. Spiridonov, O. B. Suslova, G. G. Alarchenkov, A. B. Shubin and I. S. Yakovlev provided in development and constructive criticism of the outlined ideas. ~ Introduction An attempt is made in thE book to develop and universally justi �y an approach to construction of hybrid computer sy~tems which would make it possible to create specialized control computer devices with different degree of hybridization--from almost totally digital (for exa.mple, on microprocessors) to purely analog--as a function of conditions of application. The word hybrid is understood in the generally accepted meaning: processing of ` digital and continuc~us (analog)* variables is possible in the systems under consid- erat,'.on. The word specialized is interpreted very broadly. It is assumed that a universal machine may be enly an abstract or theoretical machine, while practically any specific machine is specialized to one degree or another. In order to talk ` about different degrees of specialization, narrowly specialized devices of the regulator type, the simplest computers, filter, signaling devices, optimizing de- vices and so on and broadly special~zed devices of the problems-oriented computer type, for examp7e, are considered. * The word continuous is better than ar.alog in our view, since it is frequently im- possible to see any "analogy" whatever in analo3 variables. Following tradition, we frequently used the term analog. 3> FOR OFF[CIAL USE ON~,Y - APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 rut: urr~ic.~~A1, u5~ UNLY The conviction of the timeliness of new research on hybrid computer devices de- veloped because the followinq propositions are sufficiently reliable: 1. Non-automated systems with purely analog display of variables do not have any serious future prospects. 2. It will never be possible in the future to construct cont rol computer systems based on digital principles alone--there wil 1 always be the need to receive some input data and to issue the results in analog form. 3. The point of converting data from analo g to digital form and from digital to analog form in future systems will be flexible as a fi:nction of the specific prob- lems and significant volumes of calculations may be required for data proc2ssing in analog �orm. 4. The existing ratio between the distribution of digital and hybrid systems (with favor given to digital systems) is explained only by the historically established insufficient automation of early analog proc essors and will vary sharply in the future under the influe,nce of success in automation of hybrid systems in favor of expanding the application of these systems. 5. Data pr~cessing using significant volumes of continual va�riables will be re- - lated to finding complex phase trajectorie s of dynamic systems and functionals of sets of these trajectories and to organizat ion of procedures of purposeful selec- tion of the parameters which determine thes e t~ajectories. 6. Future hybrid systems will be developed not only as a combination of analog and digital ~rt s rut as a unit whole as well. ' 7. Future systems will combine high autonomy with the possib ility of using them as peripheral equipment of large digital systems of the most varied configuration. The investigations, the results of which are outlined in the book, were stimulated by analyses and also mainly by the following factors. First, there was the convictior~ as a resul t of prolonged practical work in the field of computer technology that the nomenclature of possible engineering solu- tions at the disposal of spec~alists was too sparse and does not correspond to modern ideology, engine~ring and technolochs. Because of this, many "generally accepted" solutions are only a special extr eme value found in this "sparse" set. If the variety of versions is expanded, one can achieve an apnreciable advantage due to better adaptation of designs to spec ific problems. The time has now come _ when the range of versions can be expanded due to the new structures which utilize the latest advances of engineering and technology. First, the fundamental incorrect idea of the ratio of the capabilities of analog and ciigital principles of constructing computer equipment c~ussd specific concern. And there still exists the opinion that ana log devices are less expensive, have in- surmountably limited~accuracy, high speed a~d weak logic capabilities and are in- capable of algorithmic calculations. Digital devices are more expensive and slower but have unlimited accuracy, unlimi ted logic capabilities and easily carry out algorithmic calculations. More detailed analysis partially presented in the - 36 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFiC1AL USE ONLY ~ proposed book showed that the enumerated properties are more inherent ~o configura- tions in which analog or d igital components were traditionally used rather than to the method of information d isplay. Let us give just one example. As is known, development of so-called structural-analog digital devices is now possible. Dig- ital versions of all theanalog blocks can be taken as the resolving elements bf these devices. The variab les in structural-analog diqital machines are a parallell _ binary code. Combinations of resolving elements are carried out, as in analoq , machines, but by multistrand conductors (the nt:mber of strands is equal to the number of digits of the binary display). If a configuration traditional to analog - computers is taken, there will be neither alqorithmic nor~ broad logic capabilities in this purely digital dev ice. Colossal effective speed will then be achieved. It - is now time to synthesize control computer devices from unified configurational as- pects without regard to the form of display of variables, while the form of the , display is selected, for example, fram economic concep~ts. It is now known at the modern stage how to diversify the metho~is of display of variables. Third, the generally accepted rules of interaction of digital machines and hybrid peripherals do not correspond to the problem of coordinated use of the capabilities of both types of computer devices. A hybrid peripheral usually has a too strong negative effect on the central digital computer in the traditional structure. On the other hand, cases when the digital computer is used with insufficient efficien- cy comprised the majority among all cases of access of the hybrid peripheral to the digital computer. All operations on servicing these accesses can be carried out completely by elementary hardware. There is a need to improve the rules of inter- action of digital computers with hybrid peripherals, to give greater autonomy to the hybrid part and to res ort to digital computers only in those cases when use of them is effective. And finally, the inveterat e intuitive method of synthesis of hybrid control com- puter systems is archaic at the modern stage. Not only specific systems are de- veloped in this case without any formal apparatus, but even many new nroposals are formulated in terms of the operating principle. The time has come when the first approximation of the general theory of hybrid computers and the first approximation of the f.ormalized method of synthesis can be formulated. And even if this method is unperfected initially and labor expenditures on synthesis are not reduced com- pletely or are reduced ins ignificantly, one should still move along the path of formalized synthesis since only this tyne of synthesis permitted a flexible re- . sponse to the needs of practice in all other fields of technology. The indicated difficulties and deficiencies are overcome by the nontraditional ap- proach to the problem of constructing specialized hybrid devices. A very flexible structure of a universal hybrid machine oriented to~vard the most diverse parametric problems fcr. differential eqaations solved by iteration methods is proposed. The proposal is based on some innovations in the field of the component base, methods of display o� variables, methods of controlling the calculating process and m ethod of describing machines and programs. The practice of usinq this structure for dif- ferent applications shows that it is easily adapted to different conditions o� ap~ plication. It provides variety and economy of inethods of displaying analog and digital variables and if n ecessary a high level of automation of the calculatinq process, algorithmization, significant autonomy (up to separability) during oper- _ ation in hierarchical systems and ~ number of other useful properties. 37 r FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 ruK urric.'~Al. US~: UNLY ~ The develo~xnent of tre general theory of hybrid computer devices is essen'cially discussed in the book, but significant restrictions of generality and strictness must be permitted in some problems. First, the class of problems is limited and primarily problems con sisting of mUl- tiple solution of ordinary differential equations, formulation of functionals from sets of solutions of these equations and organization of processes of selecting the parameters in these equations with regard to the purpose of selection and the past values of derived functionals are considered. ThPSe very widespread and rather universal problems are briefly called iteration problems over parameters of differential equations or simply iteration problems. Such concepts a s differential ~ equation, set of solutions, parametric set of solutions, phase coordinate, phase trajectories, functional and operator are assuaned to be known. Second, a number of terms not strictly defined is used. The greater part of them , are generally accepted in computer technology. These are primarily general con- cepts: input, output,computer, analog computer, digital computer, varia}~le, var- iable value and so on. A number of concepts must be borrowed from the theory of formalized synthesis of logic devices. Some concepts are introduced without strict definitions, being oriented toward the semantics of the corres,ponding words. Let us enumerate the most important of these concepts. An elementary machine is the smallest hybrid machine which can rationally be re- garded as a unified whole. The volume af tre machine is the maximum dimensions of the problem being solved and the maximiun number of variables useci in ths problem. The capacity of the machine is the maximum rate of variation of phase coordinates and some analog of the concept of effective speed. ~he computer product is the concept that c~harac,:erizes the reason the machine is developed and connected. One can assume that the product of a computer is some process or some sequence of val- ues at the outputs of special or specially noted components of the ma chine. Besides those enumerated, other strictly undefined concepts are f.ound in the book which are essentially explained only by their properties during outlining. An finally, the level of the strictness of exposition is largely inf.erior, for ex�- ample, to the level of strictness of the theory of finite automatons. This oras inevitable at the stage of formation of theory. Let us explain briefly why the ranqe of problems being solved is limi ted to itera- _ tion problems over parameters of differential equations. Iteration processes, un- derstood as processes of multiple applicacion of some operation to its result, are very frequently accomplished by computPr eRuipment. This is explain ed by the fact that the highest efficiency is achieved with homogeneous calculations. As a re- sult c~ir.ect calculation (without the iterative process) is less advantageous, al- though the iteration process may even include a much greater number of onerations. The effectiveness of using iteration processes increases especially with respect to parallel calculations. Actually, the high degree of parallellism of computer devices caus es large expenditures for initial input of the problem. It is ob- - vious that single use of the system after input of the problem is not advar.tageous. Hence ensues the feasibility of orientation toward iterative calculation processes an~ especially toward iterative processes related to differential equations, since in the latter case the effectiveness of parallel calculations increas es even more. - 38 - FOR OFFICiAL USE ONlY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY _ If the process of developing computer equi.pment is analyzed, it must be stated that the main difficulty is understanding and description of the machine as a whole, including its configuration and operating process. This difficulty is ag- gravated by the fact that machines are developed as a result of the work of col- 12ctives, frequently rather large collectives, rather than individual specialists. The only method of c 1 ear description of complex systems is sequential decomposition of the description. Confining oiirselves to the given method, let us present for a beginning the most general description of the working process of an automated hy- brid computer system. A hybrid system is de signed to convert input data and external synchronaus signals to other variables wh ich are actually its product. Conversion is accomnlished by _ the resolving element s connected to a special network. The input data and the con- version program are s tored in a special memory or are assigned by the position of _ different machine control members. The lifetime of a hybrid system is assumed to be divisible by the periods of the initial position, operation and shutdown. Machine operation consists in the following. Different machine control members are set to the requi red initial position, while a special memory is filled with the n~cessary contents. '!'he ,position of the control members and the content of the memory are called adj ustments. The adjustments are set directly manually, manually through the input device or automatically through the readout device or from de- vices of the upper 1 evel of hierarchy. Further, the machine is transferred to the "Operation" mode if n ecessary and begins to change its states automatically (in- formation variables, phase coordinates and values of output and internal variables) according to adjustments in time by digital or analog means and automatic exchange of information is accomplished inside the machine and with the external environ- ment. According to the meaning of the concept product indicated above, the machine product is the values of certain variables at certain intervals or at certain mo- ments of the operating period. Shutdown provided by the program or cause3 by the external environment (opera~tor or an old machine) can begin during operation. No - variables change in a hybrid machine during shutdown that are equivalent to stopping of time. , A period of the initi al position or operation may begin after shutdown. By defin- - ition, adjustmQnts can be changed only durinq periods of the initial position. The unit of work is the problem, i.e., tha entire product between two variation~ of adjustments. The functions of each resolving element of a hybrid system change form more or less strongly due to the effect o~ adjustments and special control variables. By definition, control variables change during operating periods, Thus, the variable - functions of resolvi ng elementis may occur during perio~ls of operation and the in- itial position. . An automated communi cations system between components function in the general case . in a hybrid system. Methods of combining the components and parameters of commun- ications channels ar e determined by the adjustement and control variables. The control and ynformat ion variables may occur outside the system, but they are pri- - marily formed inside it. Therefore, separation of variables into control and in- formation is ar bitrary and serves to facilitate understanding and description of machines and their components. One pr another type of variables can be formed on a unified basis and the type of variable can be converted by using the operation of conferment. This will be discussed in more detail below. ' 39 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 NUIt UN'MIl'lAL U'~ UNLY The qiven external description of a hybrid system with details permits a consider- able variety of versions that corresponds to practical needs. Since hybrid devices are more efficient as problem-oriented and specialized devices, this leads to the _ need to have u siqnificant nomenclature of them. Moreover, the decision to use universal computers is made in many cases only because development of a specialized device, even one known to be inexpensive, is itself unjustifiably laborious to the developer. The timeliness of developing methods of synthesis of specialized hybrid - devices is obvious in this situation. Therefore, a significant part of the book is devoted to the problem of synthesis. The traditional methodology of synthesis has been adopted. Its essence is that some standard, universal structure has been adopted as the basis. Fverythinq that is not required for workinq with the given flow of problems is thrown out of this structure and equivalent transformations of. the remainder are made to optimize some, for example, economical criterion. An obvious weak point of this method is the dependence of the final result on the initial structure. However, no methods of synthesizing an optimum structure have yet been found, so this method is inevitable. In order to lessen the effect of this deficiency, one can select all the known structural proposals with regard to the state of the art at the moment the development is introduced. This is not such a difficult problem. First, there are not so many developed and complete proposals on the structures of hybrid systems. Second, it is frecruently not re- nuired to bring the synthesis to a final conclusion to analyze the quality of the engineering solutions. Thir�d, it is rare ~hat the same designer or organization synthesizes specialized devices for very many fields of application. Making the _ area of applications more specific usually permits one to select a single baseline structure after several attempts at least until there is a fundamental chanqe in the technology of the resolving element. - COPYRIGfiT: Izdatel'stvo "E~ergiya", 1980 [108--6521] � 6521 r.so: 1~63 - 40 . FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY PRACTICAL SYNTHESIS OF PROBLEM-ORIENTED HYBRID DEVICES Moscow SPETSIALIZIROVANNYYE GIBRIDNYYE UPRAVLYAYUSHCHE-VYCHISLITEL'NYYE USTROYSTVA in Russian 1980 (signed to press 6 May 80) pp 218-228 [Excerpt from chapter 11 of book "Specialized Hybrid Control Computers", by Kemer Borisovich Norkin, Izdatel�stvo "Energiya", 5,500 copies, 288 pages] [Excerpt~ 11.3. An Aircraft Navigation Computer The problem of aircraft navigation has essentially already become a classical prob- lem. The present position of an aircraft must be computed on a map during naviga- tion on the basis of data of various measuring instruments, input data and data of radio beacons. These calculations are essentially simple, but they require a con- siderable v~alume of apparatus. It is of interest to consider the possibility of using the outlined methods to reduce the volume of apparatus by multiple u~e ~f components. Table 11. 7. Input Data for Navigation Number Measurement of Item Notation Range Pda~~ne 1 xpi; yPi Up to 2,000 km Rectangular coordinates of the i-th and (i + 1)-th turning ~ xp (i+l) % Yp (i+l) points of the route (PPM) with re- spect to the origin of a half- route chart (see Figure 11.10) 2 xmi; ymi Up to 2,000 km The same as item 1 for beacons _ - (see Figure 11.10) 3 W 180-1,200 km/hr Ground speed of aircraf.t with respect to ground surface 4 US 0-30� Drift anqle--angle between air (see item 5) and ground speed (see Figure 11.13) [Table continued on following page] - 41 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 rvK vrri~.~,a?L u~~. UIVLY Table 11.7. [Continued from preceding paqe] Number Measurement of Item Notation R3nqe Name 5 V 180-1,200 km/hr Air speed--speed of aircraft with respect to air� (see Figure 11.13) 6 K 0-360� Course--angle between longitudin- al axis of aircraft and initial direction of readout (see Fiqure 11.13) 7 UK 0-360� Angle of chart--angle between meridian of initial direction and ' mean meridian of position of half,route chart (see Figure 11.12) 8 U 0-250 km/hr Wind speed (Up at initial moment, see Figure 11.3) 9 S 0-360� Wind direction (8~ at initial - moment, see Figure 11.13~ - 10 D 0-400 km Distance from beacoii to aircraft 11 A 0-360� Azimuth of beacon--true bearing of aircraft with respect to beacon The input variables in aircraft navigation are those enumerated in Table 11.7. The necessary refinements can be �ound in [54). The output variables used in naviga- tion are enumerated in Table 11.8. The abbreviated names of the navigation vari- ables are explained in Tables 11.7 and 11.6 and in Figures 11.10 to 11.13. The navigation system is an inertial type with correction by radio beacon data. The following flight modes are distinguished. l. Shortest distance. The FPU [A ctual track angle] must be maintained so that the - aircraft flies toward the PPM [Turning point] all the time. 2. Correction. Accurate values of the output variables of the device are intro- duced from the beacon data. - 3. Turning. The goal of the aircraft changes (it flies toward a new PPM). 4. Operation. Main operating mode of navigation equipment. There is partial in- ertial calculation of output variables. 5. Memory. The enumer�ated W and US are not measured; the flight is made on the basis of the nearest previous memorized values. All calculations are made inside the system. 42 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 - FOR OFFICIAI. USF. ONLY Table 11.8. Output Variables of Aircraft Navigation Device x. (2 ) I ~~i 06r3H8qlIltl! Hauve`i e,_xe ~ Z~i~ 4)OrK~ioi~cinic C8MOA2T8 I10 38j~qIINUH ;1~11111N nyr~i (rA~. puc. 11-II) ~ Wz 5~1pocKU~'A W ua oTUnoueiiue z� 3 S; 63 PaccroA~iHe oT ovepeA~+oro !//7.1( (r~i, xc. II-ll) 4 D; To r~ce, ~iro n. 3, eo e peHt~iMe Kprumtau- wee paccinoxru~e (cM. Aanee) 5 sin 3!/~'~; 8~ Cru~yc N KOCIINyC 38A8HH01'O nyTeeoro yr~a cos 3/7Y; !1Y i+a naiiHOM y4acTKe MapwpyTa G sin ~Dl7Y;; 9) To ~ce, ~iro n. 5, ,qne ~aKr~ivecKOro nyTe- cos ~A/lY! eoro yraa ~A!!y Ha ,qaHHOM yvacrKe ~+apwpy- TL (Heo6xoA~uao BblQBBaTb B p2H(NMC f(p[l/li' wtr~wee paccnrORKUe, cM. Aanee) 7 U; d ( 0) Pacyert+we 9H24CHNA CKOPOCTH N Hanpaene- HIIA OtTp2. ~3TH Jir1HHNQ BWn810TCA TOAbKO D _ peacNMe Pu6oma, cM. qanee) - 8 zt~ yt ( 1) TeKyu~i~e KOOP,QNH87d caMOneTa e rtpsuNO- YI'OJIbH01~ CNCTCMC KOOPI(HHBT Key: l. Nuanber af item ~ 2. Notation 3. Name 4. Deviation of aircraft along given flight nath (see Figure 11.11). 5. Projection W onto deviation zP 6. Distance from next PPM (turning point) (see Figure 11.11) 7. The same as item 3, but in the Shortest distance mode (see below) 8. Sine and cosine of given track of ZPU [Given track angle] on given leg of route - 9. The same as item 5, for actual track angle FPU on given leg of route (it must be given in the Shortest distance mode, see below) 10. Calculated values of wind speed and direction (these data are issued only in the Operation mode, see below) 11. Present coordinates of aircraft in rectangular coordinate system. y ' 51 Knsr s~ r - 309~ ~ nn~ ~n,~ S' - ~ any, . NnM s~ - ' - Figure 11.10. Example of Aircraft Route on Half-Route Chart ~+3 FQR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 N'Uft UH'H'l(:IAL USE ONLY ~ y a Sn~ ~`Zm S any, ni~l~snl[~?1, y�~i.v) a nl ~=nl ~,~nl~ ~ 0 Figure 11.11. Rules for Formation of Navigation Coordinates During S-z ~ Navigation ~ The adopted system is called S-z navigation. The flight takes place along the shortest curves (special geodesic lines [54~) passing through the PPM. A S-z co- ordinate system must be given for each leg of the flight for S-z navigation. These are rectangular coordinates. The origin is the point of the next (i + 1)-th PPM. The S-axis coincides with the line of flight and is aligned toward the i-th PPM. ~ y a ~ ~ YK a S ~ Jliy (1) 2 ~ n m � s s 0 z Figure 11.12. Ori.entation of S-z Coordinates With Respect to fIalf-Route Char~ Key: 1. Initial direction (nn) - Data on the PPM, the initial point of departure IPM and the final destination are given in geographic coordinates. It is assumed that the geographic coordinates of the PPM and beacons aze recalculated to rectangular coordinates by using ground computers by the formulas: z;=Rc171, cos W,; (11. 7 ) yr=R(A~Pr+ ~q~` sin2cp;l, (ll.s) ~ / where R is the earth's radius, ~ai =~i -~0~ -~i -~p~ ~i and ai are the lati- tude and longitude of the corresponding checkpoint and c~~ and ap are the latitude and longitude of the origin of the half-route chart. ~~4 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY i ~ B t MN J (1) ~ V b - o ~ y~ �W - ~ ~ /ly S b ? _ Figure 11.13. Consideration of Wind Direction and Speed K,ey : ~ 1. Initial direction (nn) The angle of convergence (the angle between the meridian of the i-th beacon and the meridian of. the origin of the half-chart route) ~Ni for naviqation calcula- - tions is determined by the formula ~N = x sin + ~o ~ \ MI 0~ 2 . _ (11.9) The distance between adjacent PPM is calculated by the Pythagorean formula _ S~i - ~'Yn(i+~) "xn(I T ~yn(i+~ - ~?ni~ ~ 1].. ZO ~ ( ) while the trigonometric functions of the PZU are calculated by the formulas: . sin3l7Y~=z"(1++1-xnt~ (11.11) Sni ~os 3l1Y~ -ync~+snt ynf ~ ~11. 12 ~ The values W, US and K are entered in the aircraft navigation computer (VLTNS) in the Operation mode. The following calculations are made in the Operation mode ' WS- w ~os ~K+yc-yK-3ny;~ ; c~~. ~s~ t~z_ w Sin ~x+yc-yK-sny;); c~~. ~4~ Uv- W cos (K-}-YC-YK) -U co~ ~K-.vK) ; ~11.15 ~ LIa-W sin (K+yC-YK)-U sin (h-YI(); (11.16) u- yu~x u= y; ~ c~~.~~~ ~ S - aresin Ux~ (11.18) ~ ~5 FOR OFFICIAL USE O1VLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY r z~=~ l~sdl~ (11.19) t ' S~=S�~-~'W o ~ (11.20) the values of U, S, UX and U~, should be calculated so that these variables can be stored and used upon transition in the Memory mode. The values of W and US are not measured in the Memory mode. Therefore, the values of wind parameters and the air speed sensor signal U stored in the Operation mode ~ are used. The following formulas are used: ~s = IU cos (K - YK) - U cos SJ cos 3r1Y, (11.21) [U sin (K - YK)-}- U sin S] sin 3rlYi; u~Z =~u ~os ~x - yx~+uyl S~n sny, - - [Usin(K-YK)-I-UxI ~ossny,. , (~~.22) The aircraft coordinates S-z are calculated as before by formulas (11.19) and (11.20). The Turn mode begins when some distance to the next PPM (linear lead of turn--LUR) remains to the aircraft. The origin is converted in this mode. Recalculation is made by the formulas Sn(l+i1- ~zn(i+tl-xn(l+il~ ~~yn(i+t)-"yn(!T~)~~ (11.23) sin 3/7Y xn(~+:) - xnU+~) , 1+~= Sn(1+il ' (11.24) COS 3/7Y - yn(1+~)-+,1n(t+~), i+~ - n(i+i) ' (11.25) 5;+, =S~ct+>> -I-s, cos(3rry1- 3ny�+>>) - - Z, S;n ~any, - s~s~~+~); (11.26) - zr+i =Sr sin (317Y;-3IlY~;+u) - . -z; cos (3IlY;-3IIY~;+,~) � (11.27) Further, operation by formulas (11.13)-(11.20) continues in the new S-z c~ordinate system. Pr~cise values of S-z are calculated in the Correction mode by the formulas: ~ ~+6 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL IISE ONLY S;=D cos (A-311y;~N,)-SMt; - (11.28) z; -D sin (A-3IIY{~Ni) -z~t� (1i.29) where all notatioz~s were determined previously and - Srt=~xMt -Xn(t+~)~S1II.3l/Y~+(yw~-y~c,+>>)cos3Ry~.) (11.30) - z,,, =(xM; - x~~; t,?) cos 317Y~ (gMr - y~t; t~~ ) sin 3~/Y;. (11. 31) Thus, all i.ntegration errors by formulas (11.19) and (11.20) are eliminated after the correction is made. The following variables should be formed in the Shortest distance mode of the VIJNS: D; = s'; z'; : (11. 32 ) sin ~r1 =1~~ ; (11. 33 ) ~os ~ny, - ~ ~ . . (11.34) The coordinates of the next PPM are entered manually by the naviqator rather than by the program methad in the Manual input mode. The :ulations required for navigation are organized in the form of an iteration pro.._~5 and the number of the next PPM serves as the iteration indicator. It was ~ feasible in the example under consideration to organize yet another step of the iteration process for alternate calculations by formulas (11.7)-(11.34). This per- mits a sharp reduction in the n*unber of resolving components in the WNS. The uniqueness of most of the given formulas (the Pythagorean equations or coordinate _ con~~ersion formulas) indicates the effectiveness of this solution. - We proceed from the general structure prespnted in Chapter 8 in synthesis of the WNS. We organize the necessary calculations in the RCh IResolving part]. We pro- vide Arganizatian of the IT [Iterative process] by using the UZ." This distribution of functions is standard. Let us proceed from the product of the IM [Iteration . machine] being designed in synthesis of the RCh. The values of U, S, sin ZPUi, sin FPUi, cos ZPUi and cos FPUi will be found as a result of a multistep calculating process at the output of special operational analog memory cells and will be transmitted to the nonvolatile ~U [Memory] (DZU). Four ZYa [Memory cell] are required in the DZU since the same cells can be used for the ZPU and FPU as a function of the operating mode. These can be ordinary ZYa 5.7) without regeneration with regard to the real speed of the RE. Since can assume any value in the range of 0-360�, a double ZYa can be used for 8: ~-E(4~/7~) should be stored in the ordinary ZYa and E(4~/~r) should be stored in the special ~ - Zla, where E(4d/~r) denotes the entire part of the number in parentheses. The mul- tistable element of ~ 5.8, for example, can be used as this cell. k7 FOR OFFICIAL US~ ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 rux ~rr~t;~A~ U~~: UNLY Let us form variables Si and zi in integrator-interpolator types cells (see ~ 1.6 and 8.2). Since variables Si and zi are used directly for navigation, high reso- lution is required. This is accomplished by using double ZYa, which are a combin- at3.on of an ordinary integrator with dump and multidigit counter. A diagr.am of this cell is given in Figure 11.14. - c6poc r,3 x~ 3A/ 09 ~I C4 B4 Hy Hy ~3 H,Y y C6poc � B y ey (1) ~ Figure 11.14. Integrator-Intepolator Cell With Combined Display of Output Va3ue: ZYal--input ZYa for storage of derivative; VCh--in- put number bus; NU--number input resolution bus; OU--high- qual?ty operating amplifier-integrator; PE--high-quality co~arators for display and positive and negative overflow; SCh--unitary reversible pulse counter 6.1); x--input variable; y--output variable Key: l. Dump A subintegral function which is retransmitted to the ZYal is formed periodically in the special operating memory cell when the circuit is operating. Integrator OU then performs integration. Overflow OU is initiated by one of the PE. This PE dumps U to the zero position and simultaneously transmits a pulse to the reversible counter. The given ZYa circuit for S and z provides good resolution. But the ac- _ curacy of calculations is determined by the accuracy of the OU. If accuracy must be increased, the devia~cion 61S from the m~an value pS rather than WS must be integrated. Thus, the total product of the WNS is formed in the DZU, including six ZYa. Three of them are ordinary and are used to store V, sin ZPU (or sin FPU) and cos ZPU (or - cos FPU). One is combined for storage of S and two are integrators-interpolators = with combined display of variables. It should be pointed out that the composition J of the DZU is clearly determined by the select~d common structure and designation ' of tlie IM. Informal decisions were made only on problems of providing accuracy and resolution. The basis for these decisions were the concepts outlined in Part 2. By introducing unitary variable ml by the ordinary method, which controls operation of the DZU, we provide the relationship of the states of the DZU and this variable indicated in Table 11.9. Organization of this DZU with regard to the contents of Part 2 is trivial. Since no more than six numbers are entered simultaneously in the DZU (six numbers are entered at ml = 10), it has a total of six input buses. Distri.bution of the input buses by ce'l1s is natural. _ ~+8 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY TaUle 11.9. Q~p:KUxn A3S1 (1) ~ m, ' S I s I U I ein ~'7Y I co~ ~7Y I b ~ < < N~ N 2 31 N 3 N 31 4 N N 3 - 5 N N 3 _ 6 N N 3 ~ 7 N N~ 3 8 N N 9 33 33 10 33 33 . IGey: _ 1. Function of DZYa 2. Integration Note. I--integra*ion; Z1--input of number into ZYals 33--inpat of numbers into ~ ZYal, OU and SU (see Figure 11.14); 3--input of numberj empty space--stcorage In the gi.ven case the OZU includes six ~tandard analog ZYa. It is controlled by means of unitary instruction m2, which assumes seven different values. The number - is entered in the cell having the corresponding number at m2 = 1-6. Al]. cells store the stored numbers at m2 = 7. Otlier vers~.ons are also possible with selection of the number of OZU cells. If one ' rejects simultaneous entry of the initial values of S and z, one may ha~�e only three ZYa in the OZU. An additional instruction ml is required in this case and the tracki.ng function is complicated somewhat. Taking these concepts and the rel- ative simplicity of the OZU into account, a version with six cells was adopted. It was pointed out in ~ 5.7 "_hat the ZYa can p~rfor.m upon entry o~ the number differ- ent operations with the entered number and contents. However, a single operation-- entry of the number--has been adopted for the OZU. This solution w~as adopted on ~ the basis of selection of variants. The operations indicated in formulas (11.7)- (11.20) must be fulfilled to fill the - OZU cells, for example, it is sufficient to calculate the subintegral expressions - for (11.19) and (11.20). These cal^.ulations are made by a special RE which has been called the operating block (oBy. During selection of the variants, one was ` initially oriented toward the OZU with total set of operations. The following _ variants of the OB were considPred: _ 1) with minimum mmiber of RE (sin, multiplier and tw~ operating amplifiers). This variant generates comglex programs, camplicates the Oz[J and does not provide the necessary speed; 2) with number of RE r~hich provides solution of any equation during one step (2sin, seven multipliers and four OU). This version is intriguing, but does not provide the necessary dimensions; ~+9 FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 r~u~t uH~h~~LtAL USE ONLY . ~ 1 ~ De~ o, de/~ - M . O.Y ~ M sin M � � ~y sin 0'J . \ 1 2 S 3 5 7 B 9 f0 11 �'Z 13 f4 15 Figure 11.15. Diagram of Third Variant of Operating Block of Aircraft Navigation Computer: M--multiplierj sin--functional con- _ _ verter of type; OU--operating amplifier 3) with ntunber of RE selected so as to provide calculation of a-~y function of (11.10)- (11.20) in no more than three steps. This version was the most accept- able, A diagram of the OB of this version is given in Figure 11.15. n !!39 a 039 ~ 06 a, N~r ' ~ HM 6u~X 4P N Figure 11.16, Block Diagram of Aircraft Navigation Computer: BFK-- instruction forn?a.tion block; DK--instruction decoder; IQ~I--switching rnatrix; ID--data storaqe and input device; OB--operating block; OZU--internal storage; DZU--non- ~ voZatile memory; R--data on flight mode; :[=-;r?easurements; P--product 5d I~OR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 Ft~R OFFICIAL U~E ONLY The mathematical functions are formed by organization of the necessary connec- tions of the OB inputs to the OZU, DZU and OB outputs and the output of the input data block.. Further synthesis consisted in formal compilation of a list of the states of the switching matrices, writing the tracking tables and a?,~king more spe- cific the volume of the ~i*.zver::al structure with respect to the give^ problem. De- ~ spite some cumbersomeness of this process, it was completed within several days by ~ a single executor. As a result a WNS was synthesized, the approximate weight of ~ - which in the microelectronics version comprises 1 kg and a vol~une of 300 cm3. A block diagram of the WNS is r~iven in Figure 11.16. Compared to the qe^eral struc- ture given in Chapter 8, it contains the following main simplifications: 1) nonadjustable instruction decoders DK are used in place of the PDK; 2) the BFK locking device has no cognitive completion functions. A fixPd sequence of control signals cor.?ing directly to the PK is formed in it; 3) the ID block (the PTK of ~the com�non structure ) and the DZU and al l the DK have no relationship to the KM lines. COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Energiya", 1980 [108-6521] _ 6521 CSO: 1863 - 51 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFF(CIAL USF ONLY iTDC 681.142.34 PROBLEMS OF AYBRTD COMPUTER T~C~INOLOGY ~ Kiev PROBLEMY GTBRTDNOY VYCHTSLITEL'NOY TEKEII~IIKI in Russian 1979 signed to press - 20 Dec 79 pp 2, 167-168 [Annotation and table of contents from collection of scientific works, Izdatel'stvo _ ~ "Naukova Dumka," 290 copies, 168 pages] [Text] In this collection are discussed questions relating to the development of computing and peripheral hardware of hybrid systems. The results are given of an investigation of parallel digit-oriented structures for solving linear equations. Also discussed are que~tions relating to the reliability and testing of computing system units and modules. _ Intended for scientific and engineering and technical personnel specializing in the area of developing hybrid camputer technology hardware. . CONTENTS Page Bal`va, A.A. and Samoylov, V.D. "Procedure for Designing Problem Processors with Digital Balance for Solving Particular Problems in Mathematical Pro- gramming" 3 . Plyushch, Yu.A. "Study of Digital-Analog Computing Systems for Solving - Linear Algebraic Equations" 13 - Timoshenko, N.P. "On the Question of Eliminating Auto-Oscillations in - Digital-Analog Models or Systems of Algebraic Equations" 19 Aksenov, A.I. and Lazarevich, E.G. "One Method of Mathematical Modeling of Multiprocessor Computing Systems with a Common Main Memory Designed According to the Stratification Principle" 24 ~anitulin, A.Kh. and Polyakov, G.A. "Estimate of the Eftectiveness of Using _ Multiprocessor Computers in Implementing Complex Algorithms for Control Systems" 30 Naumov, V.Yu. and Polin, Xe.L. "One Approach to the Problem o~ the Logical Ana].ysis of Combination Circuits" 38 _ - 52 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ; Arzhenenko, A.Xu. and O~.eyn~.chenko, I..G. "~ni~v~,zat#on of ~nd~,st~.nct Auta~ mata" 5~ ; - Lqttbomudrov~, A.A. and P~pov, Yu.A. '"Method o~ Isolating Hypothet3cal ' Arguments" 59 Petukh, A.M., Obodnik, D.T. and ~anich, N.M. "Digital In~egrator with ~ Seri41 Carryover" 61 Sibiryakov, V.V., Tkach, M.~. and Tynynpka, A.N. "Hybrid Mode1 of Problems of Synchronizing Conveyor Lines" 65 Bilan, T.I., Samoylov, V.D. and Skorik, V.N. "Assignment of the Configura- tion of a Domain in Solving Boundary Problems by the Monte Carlo Method" 71 Shkil', A.A. "Elements of Controlled P'Iodeling Nets" 77 Mandrychenko, A.A. "Modeling a~ao-Dimensional Static Magnetic Field in a Nonlinear Medium Using a Discrete Analog Net Processor" 81 Kalinin, G.A., Livson, M.G., Marder, V.P. and Zozulya, I.V. "Calculation of Microelectronic Functional Code-Voltage Conve~tters by Means of Co~mputers" 86 Voytenkov, I.N. "Principles of the Organization of Structures of One Class of Problem-Oriented Computing Systems" 91 Li..vshits, D.N. -"Methods of Funr_tional Testing of Large-Scale Integrated Microcircuits" 104 Gubrenyuk, T.I. "Taking Into Account the Influence of Measurement Errors on Indicators of the Reliability of Selective Testing" 108 Frolov, V.A. and Khyannikyaynen, A.I. "Prob].em of the Optimal Distribution of Elements on a Mounting Board" 115 Rozenblit, L.Ya. "S~me Problems in Determining the Optimal Periodicity of Some Forms of Servicing a Restorable System" 119 Khoroshko, V.A. and Chirkov, D.V. "Improving the Noise Rejection of Inte- grated Operational Amplifiers" 127 _ Dubrovir, V.Z. "Technalogical Redundancy in Microcircuits with a Heightened Degree of Integration" 130 Bastrikov, Yu.M., Prepelitsa, G.P. and Sibiryakov, V.V. "Data Output Unit for Hybrid Minicomputers" 134 Likhttsinder, B.Ya. "Multidimensional Campensation-Bridge Units" 139 Gutsalyuk, A.K., Nudel'man, P.Ya. and Temesov, A.M. "Optimal Matrix A1go- - rithms for Processing Signals in a Multichannel Modem" 143 ~y 53 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 NOR OFFICIAL USF. ONLY Balashov, V.A., Nudel'man, P.Xa. and Sh~idel~, A.A. "S~.mp1~.�y~ng the Mode~.~.ng of Tnterchannel No3se in Mult~channel Communications 9ystems with the Sep~ratfan of Signala by Shape" 153 Balashov, V.A., Nudel'man, P.Ya., Pavl3chenko, Yu.A. and Temesov, A.~'!. "Selecting the ~'orm of the Transfer gunctions of Receiving Untts o~ a Multichannel Modem Minimizing the Effect of Noise Concentrat~d in Terms of ~ge~~ 159 COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dumkrt~~, 1979 [82-8831) 8831 CSO: 1863 , r 1\ 11 1 I ~ l ~ I 5 FCR OFFICIAL USE C~:~fLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY SOFTWARE AUTOMATED PRODUCTION OF APPLIED PROGRAM PACKAGES Tallinn AVTOMATIZATSIYA PROIZVODSTVA PAKETOV PRIKLADNYI~I PROGRAhIh1 in Russian 1980 (signed to press 24 Jul 80) pp 203-207 [Table of contents from collection "Automated Production of Applied Program Packages", edited by A. Vooglayd, Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 600 copies, 208 pages] [Text ] Contents Page Section 1. Technology . l. S. P. Prokhorov, Technology of Software Development for D'Iinicomputers 5 2. S. M. Abramovich and IQi. D. Dzhenibalayev, Design of Syntactically Controlled Translators in Dialogue Translator Design System 8 3, Grushetskiy, V. V., Construction of Efficient Translators 12 4. V. Sh. Kaufman and V. A. Levin, Metalanguage for External Documentation of Language Proces sors 18 5. M. Lepp, Ane Method of Translation Description 22 6. V. N. Red'ko, Langtaage Processor Design Systems 25 7. V. V. Bublik, S. S. Gorokhovskiy and V. S. Chuykevich, Methods of Determining the Programming Lanquages for Interpreting Type Systems 26 8. N. M. Myshchenko, Expanding the Semantics of the Input Language of the TEREM Expanded Programming System 29 9. N. N. Shchegoleva, Submerging Programming and Design Languages in the Calculating Meditmn of the PROYEKT System 32 10. V. P. Bolotov, A. V. Grokh and A. G. Krasovskiy, Some Aspects of Devel- oping an Integrated PO Design S~stem 3S 11. A. O. Vooglayd and D. B. Liyb, Realization and Description of Structural Equipment for Data Processing 41 _ 12. M. Matskin, Error Message Generation System 43 Section 2. Methods o f Translation to SPT 1. R. A. Markyavichyus, Realization Aspects of Parametrization of Abstract Types of Data 49 2. L. V. Vasil'yeva, Some Problems of Compilation of Modules Flith Variable Structure 51 - 3. G. M. Solov'yeva, LT~e of the Attributive Technique to Optimize Programs 53 4. A. N. Biryukov, C~ssette Organization of Memory in Calculation of Semantic Attrlbutes 5~ 5. K. S. Chebotar�, Development of Dieans of Automation of Translation ' System Design on the Basis of Attributive Grammars 61 6. M. V. Meriste, At tribute Equipment Based on Abstract Syntax 63 7. V. M. Kurochkin, Algorithm for Calculation of Semantic Attributes 64 ~ 8. Kh. Rokhtla and L_ K. Vykhandu, Self-Improving Method of Syntactical Error Correction 66 9. Z. A. Baiashvili and V. M. Kurochkin, One Approach to Neutralization _ of Syntactical Errors 55 FOR OFFiCIAL US1E ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFF1C[AL USE ONLY 10. V. V. Fedyurko and O. D. Felizhanko, Methods of Realizing Specialized _ Control Languages of Functioning Processes of Program Systems 72 11. I. F. Lesovaya, V. N. Polivanov, N. A. Shishova, V. V. Okol'nishnikoc, _ V. A. Mozzherin and V. A. Merkov, Translator From E1'brus-1 MVK Autocode: Model and Realization 76 12. Ya. E. Pen'yam, Realization of the Semantics of Programming Languages in the PRIZ System 78 13. V. V. Chernyugov, Pseudo-Execution as a Method of Comp ilation 80 � 14. Ya. S. ICAgan, Translation With the Logic Approach to Programming 83 Section 3. Theory. 1. ri. G. Gontsa, Composition-Structural Languages and Pro cessors 89 " 2. S. P. Kritskiy,Model of Asynchronous Calculations in Structures and - Programming Languages 95 Realization of Context Analysis Using Calculations in Structures 91 3. N. N. Nepeyvoda, Designs, Communications and Features 98 4. L. I. Nagornaya, G. B. Tseytlin and Ye. L. Yushchenko, Structural Pro- gramming and Problems of Parallel Translation 102 5. S. S. Shkil'nvak, Syntax Problems of Programming Languages 107 6. M. S. Margolin, One Method of Realizing Mixed Calculations 111 7. S. N. Berestovaya, One Approach to Description of Programming Languages 114 8. V. V. Byts', Composition Semantics of Algol-like Languages and Tech- nology of Program Design 117 9. V. A. Tuzov, Mathematical t4odel of Languaqe 118 10. I. V. Kyutt, M. O. Tombak and A. I. Nigul', Combination of Processing Descriptions and Syntax Analysis 123 11. S. Yu. Solov'yev, Approach to Restoration of Context-Free Languages 126 12. O. I. Rau, Selection of a Universal Intermediary Language in the ZhIVTs Programming Complex of MGU for Computer PJetworks 130 13. Ya. A. Khenno, Deterministic Explanation of Nondetermin ism 133 Section 4. Packs. l. I. N. ^arasyuk and I. V. Sergiyenro, P~4odular Approach to Automation of ~ Design of the Set o� Applied Program Packs 139 2. V. A. Serebryakov and A. F. IIrakhchin, Organization of Dialoaue Control of PPP By Means of the LORD System 144 3. 0. L. Perevozchikova, Instrument System of Designing Routing Systems 148 - 4. Yu. I. Drushlyakov and S. N. Padalko, Automation of Synthesis of Calculating Procedures on Modular Type Models 156 5. V. A. Matulis and A. A. Chaplinskas, System for Desgn of Vil'nyus Applied Program Packs 159 _ 6. D. I. Batishchev and Yu. L. Ketkov, Features of the Configuration and Language Support of Dialogue Generation Systems of the PPP of the YeS EVM 161 Section 5. Translator Design Systems 1. I. R. Aksel'rod, L. F. Belous and V. I. Shleynikov, Technology of Designing Translators Based on the Sputnik SPT 165 56 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 2. V. P. Makarov and S. G. Peshkov, The SAGET Translator Design System 168 3. B. N. Ostrovskiy, Automatic Desiqn of Language-Oriented Analyzers By the Mixed Calculation rlethod 172 4. B. R. Andriyevskiy, A. A. Spiridonov, V. N. Utkin and A. L. Gradkov, Generator of SAPR Problem-Oriented Language Interpreters 174 5. P. V. Gamin, V. V. Kulikov and M. A. Shamashov, System for Automation of Syntax Analyzer Design 176 6. V. I. Gololobov and V. A. Isayev, R.ealization of the First Version - of the CROSS SPT on the BESM-6 180 7. Ya. Ya. Tepandi, Problems of Using the Data Base Control System in the SPT 183 8. A. Lomp, M. Kharf and A. Shmundak, The MIS System 187 9. V. N. Volokhov, N. A. Gasaniko, I. V. Karpenko, A. V. Nazarenko and N. G. Ryabchun, DEFIFS--A Language Processor Design System; Problems of Realiztion and Accompaniment 188 10. I. L. Artem'yeva, S. B. Gorbachev, A. S. Kleshchev, A. Ya. Lifshits, S. I. Orlov, L. D. Orlova and T. G. Uvarova, Instrument Complex for Realization of Knowledge Display Languages 191 11. V. A. Serebryakov, Main Features of Realizing the SUPER SPT 194 12. S. V. Kr~ryagin, V. I. Kryachko and K. K. Chernyshev, Experience of Using the Projection Approach and the MASON Instrument System for Development of a Translator 199 COPYRIGHT; Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 1980 I110-6521] _ = 6521 CSO: 1863 ~ - 57 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APL/M FOR ELEKTRONIKA-60 Tall inn AVTQMATIZATS IYA PROIZVODSTVA PAKETOV PRIKLADNYKH PROGRAhIlN in Russ ian 1980 ` (signed to press 24 Jul 80) pp 5-8 [Article by S. P. Prokhorov from collection "Automated Production of Applied ~ Program Packages", edited by A. Vooglayd, Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 600 copies, 208 pages] - [Text] Reference is usually made to clever methods of formal description of the ~ syntax and semantics of progra~ning languages in papers devoted to translator de- sign systems. These methods, effective and useful in realization of translators with high-level languages, become extremely cumbersome, however, if one is talking - about realization of languages having no formal description (FORTRAN) and also in- strument and machine-dependent languages. To realize them, it is desirable primar- ily to have a copious hibliography of systems programs and an access language to it - in the computer whic:h permits rather simple and convenient description of the se- mantics of individual structures of the language. ~ Problems of the portability of software are also related directly to this. There is a number of papers devoted to the problem of what a language should be, which ` on the one hand is convenient for writing translators and on the other hand is suf- ficiently simple for realization on a specific computer. The method now proposed by a number of foreign authors for using p-codes, which are essentially some fixed set of procedures used by systems progra~ners, supplemented by the mnemonics of ac- cess to them, is a successful practical apj~roach which permits development of mo- - ~ bile computer systems. However, even in this case it is first necessary to realize a sufficiently large number of procedures on the computer. The use of intexactive systems realized on the basis of high-level languages (SETL and APL) permits significant acceleration of the work to develop specialized lan- quages and also the software for new machines due to the fact that they (SETL and APL) are highly expressive 3nd moreover one can avoi.d consideration of problems related to lexical and syntactical analysis of programs, editir.g and file manage- ment during development of the systems. The dialogue mode in combination with the developed debugging facilities permits one to rapidly produce a~high-quality _ product. The specifics of the new machines is the absence of simple and convenient debugging fac:ilities on them and also intelligibly described documentation. The use of APL permits one to obtain an objective code, thus avoiding the difficulties with de- - velopment of an assembler editor. Programming the program in APL for the processor . 58 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY P consists in calculation of some file A, the value of which should be subsequently removed to some external carrier. For example, if we want to generate a code which will be obtained upon translation of the instructions of the PDP-11 assembler MOV Rl, R2 ~ where R1 and R2 are the numbers of the registers, then all that we have to do is to write a similar function in APL 0 MOV R [1] A[COLTNT~ fR[2j + 64 x R[1] + 64 _ [ 2 ] COUNT COUNT + 1 v As a result of fulfilling this instruction of che function in file A, the code of - instruction to transfer the contents of the first argument to the second will be written. Let us note again that lexical and syntactical analysis (checking the - correctness of access to the APL fur.ction MO V!) will be carried out by the APL system. The second no less i.mportant thing is that this "macrogenerator" written in APL permits more flexible access formats than any of the existing macroassem- blers. Fc~r example, when writing the program one can use an explicit form of the files and complex expressions Mov x1, v[coR + +(v~[coRi] ~ 2) x x It is also easy to determine the program for arbitrary generation v r~ov ~ [1] ~REG x 2P[j~ < 10 [2] A[COUNT] P(2] + 64 x 23 + 64 - ~ 3 ] COUNT COUNT + 2 ~4? } ~ [5] PEG: A[COUNT~ t-P[2] + 64 x P[1] + 64 [ 6 ] COUNT COUNT + 1 v If the first argument is less than 10 (register), then code generation is similar to the previous example, otherwise the instruction occupies two machine words. Thus, description of the assembler is a problem requiring several days (if not hours) of work. No knowledge of APL whatever is required of the user working with the PAL genzrator. Another approach includes realization of functions on the APL which, besides gener- ation of the machine code (or instead of it), at the same time issue a program (or instead of it) in the APL-simulating work of the computer. The means of expression - ' of the PAL are so vast that realization of p-codes (for example, p-codes developed at the University of Helsinki) is very simple. Usually one line of the APL is ~ sufficient (and frequently even the use of a single function of the language is _ sufficient). Thus, high-quality debugqing of the software can be accomplished even befere~ the computer is obtained, while ~he interactive mode of operation per- mits this to be done simply and easily. - 59 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 ~ N'UR UFhICIAL USE ONLY The techniq~ie outlined by the author for development of software is used to real- ize the APL/M programming system, which has been suggested for setup on the SM-4 - and Elektronika-60. The APL/BESM system was supplemented especially f.or this pur- poge for systems problems by introducing the systems concepts of structure and type and some set of baseline functions was determined which are adequate to de- scribe the set of all the structural transformations permissible in the APL. The APL functions are rewritten in this "baseline APL." The use of. this lxmited sub- - set permits one to obtain "rigid" codes (since the type and size of the files are fixed). 'T_'he algorithm is smoothed out. An objective code which will also be transferred to a minicomputer will aqain be obtained for the rPSUlting program by using the APL/BESM. . COPYRIGHT: Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 1980 [110-6521] ~i 521 CSO: 1863 60 FOR OFFiC(AL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY DESIGN OF SYNTACTICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSLATORS IN ~IALOGUE TRANSLATOR DESIGN SYSTEM--EL'BRUS APPLICATION Tallinn AVTOMiATIZATSIYA PROIZVODSTVA PAKETOV PRIKLADNYIQ~f PROGRAI~i in Russian 1980 (signed to press 24 Jul 80) pp 8-12 [Article by S. M. Abramovich and Kh. D. Dzhenibalayev from collection "Automated Production of Applied Program Packages", edited bp A. Vooglayd, Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 600 copies, 208 ~ages ] [Text] l. Considerable progress has been achieved in production of translators with algorithmic programming languages: there are formal models, different algo- _ . rithms for realization of lanquage structures, program blanks and finally SPT [Translator design system~ [1, 2] which fix separate regulations and which auto- mate various aspects of translator development. Despite all this experience and the rather abundant arsenal of facilities, development of a translator is still a laborious and prolonged process which requires many man-years. One of the reasons for this situation is that formal models are rather abstract and . the algorithms, program blanks, methods and so on usually describe some idealized medium of using them. When developing a specific translator, all this should be modified and adapted to specific conditions (the lanquage, machine, operating sys- tem, standards adopted in the SPT and so on). The experience accumulated during - development of specific translators can be used to the maximum degree--up to bor- rowing the data structures, syntax fragments, transducers (semantic programs) and so on--is feasible. . The second reason which makes it difficult to use the accumulated experience is that the process of developing a translator is largely routine in nature and con- sists of a mass of nonessential "details" of a technical nature, an enorm~us nwn:~er " of which is frequently transformed to a problem. The need to autotnate this aspect of translator development is obvious. Yet another of the no less important factors which make it difficult to use avail- able~experience is the difficulty of operational access to the information re- quired at a given moment, even if it is xepresented in well-structured documenta- tion. Aut,.mation of access to the required data can provide sufficiently rapid, selective formation of the required information in the most complete volume and suitable form. This process is preferably carried out in the dialogue mode as the most operational and natural for the human method of communication. 61 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFEICIAL USE ONLY 2. An approach to the configuration and technique of usinq SPT which permits to some extent solution of the problems postulated above is proposed in the given article. 7'he initial prerequisites of the proposed approach to development of SPT are the following: the existence of some set of established designs wh~ch are present in one or another form in most available and newly developed programming languages, the existence of accepted methods of realizing these designs (identification with block structure in the languages, realization of recursive procedures, priority analysis and so on), the existence of accepted schemes for organization of syn- tactically controlled translation (used i.n development of production translators), based on sequential irreversible i~eviev~ of the text to be translated. The proposed SPT is designed for use for tne following purposes: teaching methods of realizing typical constructings of co mmo n programming languages, development of a transla'tor for a high-level programming language created within this SPT or given externally, the author's accompaniment of the developed translator and modi- fication of the developed translator both by the authors and by a special group of accompaniment. 3. Let us consider in general terms the techniqi:e of using the proposed SP7.' to - develop a translator from some high-level language. The step of developing the basis of the translator. In the dialogue mode which the SPT conducts, the user selects from the lanquage constructions of the reference language of the SPT available in the SPT archive those whose semantics coincides or is similar ~co the semantics of some language constructions, thus developing the language base. Tne constructions are rACalculated by the SPT in terms of estab- lished concepts of common programaning languages (expression, cycle operator, con- ditional operator, operation priorities and so on) w~.th indication of.the section to which it is related (data, operations, operators and so on). Based on the con- structions selected by the user, the SPT separates the translator base from the reference translator of the SPT and the language base from the reference language. This step can be final if the lanquage base coincides with the language and if the user has no need to chanqe its vocabulary, syntax and realization. The step of studying realization of the language base in the translator base. In the dialogue mode the SPT determines (in some fixed order or the order determined by the user) the construction from the language base and issues the vertical layer corresponding to realization of it [3]. The vertical layer is the aggregate of texts in the syntactical control metalanguage (MSU) and in the instrument language - (Ya). The MSU is designed to record the syntax with indicators to the transducers which accomplish cognitive processing of the text. The text in the instrument language is the transducer text, the text of data descriptions with which these - transducers operate and so on. Z'he step of language base and translator base changes. The user indicates the construction of the language subject to change. He then rewrites fragments of the layer requirir.g changes and also the corresonding fraqments for describing the languaqe base and the SPT and enters these changes in the translator base and language description. Thus, the semanti'cs, syntax and vocabulary of the language base constructions and real.ization of them can be changed. 62 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 . � FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY i The step of addi..tions to the language S~ase and translator base. The user describes the newly developed constructions with indication of the section zo which this con- struction is related and the SPT enters the correspondin; changes in the descrip- tioti of the language base. It then writes tihe vertical layer which realizes the added construction and the SPT enters the �ragments~of this layer in the apprc7pri~ ate positions of the texts in the MSU and instr~nnent lanquage. We note that the translators mentioned above are actually flow charts, i.e., they are the texts in MSU and instrument languages. The SPT can translate from these ` languages at any of the enumerated steps, upan instruction of~ the user, and can as- semble a translator in objective code from the flow sheet. At the same time, a modified version of the SPT is also developed in which the role of the reference language and the reterence translator are played by the language and translator bases, respectively. Because of this, all capahilities offered by the re~erence SPT can be used at the steps of study and accompaniment of the developed translator. A nonprofessional user (not familiar with MSU and instrument languages) can also use the proposed SPT to develop translators from simple specialized programaning languages. Naturally in this case the changes and additions which can be entered in the language base created after the first step are sharply limi~ed. Thus, for example, he can change the external display of service w~ords and the priori.ties of operations and can add new operations by indicating the sequence of instructions of the object machine described~in the form of macrodefinitions, which realizes - - them. 4. From the viewpoint of configuration, the proposed SPT consists of the following components: MSU-translator designed to translate the MSU-text to the syntactical control table, on the basis of interpretation of which syntactical control is ac- complished in the translator being developed, the instrument language-translator - from instr~nent language, the flow sheets of the reference translator from the ref- erence language, which is a set of unified language constxuctions which cover the constructions of a number of known programming languages, the aggregate of rela- tionships which link description of each lanc~iage construction of the reference - language to the fragments of the reference translator which realize it and the mon- itor, under the control of which the user communicates with the SPT in the dialogue mode. - A preliminary design o� the described SPT for the E1'brus MVK is now being develop- ed. A modification of the MSU-~language of the RGU SPT is used as the MSU-language in it [2] and the E1'brus MVK autocode is used as the instrument language [4]. ~ BIBLIOGRAPHY - - 1. Feldman, J, and D. Gries, "Systems for Construction of Translators," in ALGO- RITMY I ALGORITMICHESKIYE YAZYKI, No 5, Moscow, 197i. 2. Fuksman, A. L., S. P. Kritskiy, IQi. D. Dzhenibalayev and A. A. Dagald'yan, "Osnovy razrabotki translyatorov" [Fundamentals of Translator Development], - Izdatel'stvo Rostovskogo gosudars~venogo universiteta, 1974. . _ G3 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 _ r~K vrr[~~AL UJ~: UNLY 3. P'uksman, A. L., "Tekhnologicheskiye aspekty sozdaniya programmnykh sistem" [The Technological Aspects cf Developing Prograimninq System3], Moscow, Statistika, 1979. : 4. ~'~vtokod MVK E1'brus. Opisaniye yazyka" [The E1'brus MVK Autocode. Language Description]. CCPYRIGHT: Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 1980 [110-6521] . 6521 CSO: 1863 .i ' 6 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY TRANSLATOR FROM EL'BRUS-1 MVK AUTOCODE--MODEL AND REALIZATION Tallinn AVTaMATIZATSIYA PRJIZVODSTVA PAKETOV PRIKLADNYKH PROGRAIrRrI in Russian 1980 (s igned to press 24 Jul 8G) pp 76-78 [Article by I, F. Lesova;ra, V. N. Polivanov, N. A. Shishova, V. V. Okol'nishnikov, V. A. Mozzherin and V, A. Markov from collection "Automated Production of Applied Program Packages", edited bX A. Vooglayd, Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, . ~ 600 copies, 208 pages] [TextJ The purpose of the report is to show the main elements of the technique - used in development of the production translator from the El'brus-1 multiprocessor _ computer. complex (MVK) autocode . The E1'brus-1 MVK zutocode. This is a machin~e-oriented high-level language. It is far superior ta ALGOL-60 i.n nomenclature of the basic values which control and i process the construc*_ions and is similar to ALGOL-66. For example, it contains ` values of the procedure type. - The F1'brus-1 MVIC. This is the first domestic fourth-generation computer in the large machine class. 2`2ze main configuration features are multiprocessor capabil- ity (universal and specialized processors), apparatu~ stack, context security of data and tagged memory ~ ~ Technology. The evolution ~f de~elopment of traditional methods is analyzed in the report after the characteristics of the language and the machine. It is pointed out that a specific transformation of goals (the software crisis and the concept of a programmed product) occurred in the fi.eld af constructian of produc- tion translators as well as of software as a whole. It is concluded that tradi- _ tional methods largely waste their adequacy in the context of iiew goals to con- struct translators from new-generation languages (post-ALGOL extensive languages of the El'brus-1 MVK autocode or ALGt~L-68 type) . The authors feel. that the proper act~vity of the trans~ator develaper under the new conditions, which provides success not only of production but of ar_cor.~paniment as well, should be reproductive. This requires conceptuulization of the translator and the technique which sugports this conceptualization. ~ Two parts--conception and organization of w~ork--are determined in the technique - used by the authors. 65 FOR OF~'ICIAL USE ON?,Y APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 . FUR OFFICIAL USE ONLY The main essence of both par.ts of the technique are advanced sequentially in the report. The systems concept of the translation process and a model of the trans- lato= which supports this concept are formulated in the first part. The systems concept is "soft execution of the entry line." Soft execution is one of the possible specific aspects of the fundamental principle of mixed calculations. The translator model is the so-called recursive programmed machine. Its main com- ponents are the control device, called the control machine in the model, a set of actuating members org anized by the principle of desk calculators, the locaZ con- trol device which links the actuating members to each other and to the control de- vice and the last component is the memory. Organization of operations is subordinate to the concept and is completely present- ed in the report. The report ends with the section on realization. Problems of the adequacy of dis- j play of the constructed model in the set of concepts of the realization language are discussed. The degree of adequacy achieved in display of the translator model from the E1'brus-1 MVK autocode to devices accessible in the YaRM02.5 preprocessor ~ and in YaRM02 high-level machine-oriented language, is evaluated. The control ma- ~ chine and the vocabulary calculator are displayed in the YaRM02.5 in this case, ; while the operating and pragmatic calculators are displayed in the YaRM02. An example of the complete functioning of the translator is given in the conclusion. The translator from E1'brus-1 MVK autocode operates within the framework of the TEMP instrument complex, which simulates the capabilities of the El'brus-1 MVK on the BESM-6 computer, and which has been in operation sinc~ early 1979. - The Lime of developing the translator comprises approximately two years, the dimen- _ sions are on the order of 50,000 lines in the YaRM02 and productivity is 1,000- 1,500 lines/min. The translator was used to develop translators from ALGOL-60 and standard FORTRAN, which were then converted and began to operate in real E1'brus-1 - MVK . A translator consisting of the TEMP instrtunent complex has now been introduced and is being used in many organizations of Nlpscow, Leningrad, Rostov-na-Donu and so on. . COPYRIGHT: Tallinskiy poli.tekhnicheskiy institut, 1980 [110-6521] 6521 CS 0: 1 fi6."i t"~ 66 FOR OFFICIAL LJSE ONLY ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - r REALIZATION OF THE FIRST VERSION OF THE CROSS SPT ON THE BESM-6 COMPUTER Tallinn AVTOMATIZATSIYA PROIZVODSTVA PAKETOV PRIKLADNYICH PROGRAA4I in Russian 1980 (signed to press 24 Jul 80) pp 180-182 [Article by V. I. Gololobov and V. A. Isayev from collection "Automated Production of Applied Program Packages", edited by A. Vooglayd, Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 600 copies, 208 pages] [Text] The first version of the CROSS SPT is described in the report. The first - version of the CROSS SPT is oriented mainly toward writing single-pass translators from languages, the external (user) descriptions of which are made by means of - expanded BNF-notation. The CROSS SPT includes an inpu.t language, preprocessor from the input language to the base language and procedural materials containing descriptions of the methods of diagnosis and restoration of the analysis process - ~ in detection of syntactical errors by means of the input language. The input language of the CROSS SPT offers means to describe the language being realized which aze adecluate to external descriptions, means of describing the vo- = cabulary in a form close to the assignment of regular expressions, means of de- _ scribing syntax by usinq the expanded BNF-notation and means of assigning semantic actions for syntactical constructions. The input language of the CROSS SPT is the superstructure over the base language which provides means of describing th~ translation process. High-level machine-oriented language (on the BESM-6) YaRMO was used as the base language in the present realization. The YaRMO offers means of program segmenta- tion, assignments of the mechanism of procedure ca11s and modular organization of the program. The translator from the input language of the CROSS SPT is realized as a preproces- sor which trans ~ates the input program to YaRMO language. The preprocessor, pro- cessing the input program, gathers the required information into tables, f~rms the corresponding YaRMO fragments,~adds the standard module--syntactical and vocabu- lary analyzers- -to them, thus forming the program in YaRMO language. The program is found in machine code as a result of operation of the YaRMO trans- lator, which specifically contains the following sections: 67 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 - FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY --the syntax program written in universal form by means of so-called syntac- tical instructinns, which in compressed form is the syntax of the input language and indicates the semantic subprograms related to the syntactical constructions, --the vocabulary~ordered list of all terminal displays of language (for ex- ample, "beinning," and --the diagram of states which describes the vocabulary of the input language ~ whose structure is similar to that described in [1]. The syntax analyzer, interpreting the syntax instructions, selects the input line and starts the reauired semantic subprograms. The vocabulary anal_yzer is accom- plished by the diagram of states. Z'he longest terminal display is first read from ' t~ie input flow b~� means of a list of terminal displays (for example, if there are terminal displays and in the language, then will be read from the input flow ...:=1;... . If an arc tagged by the read terminal display is not de- termined from the initial state to the diagram of states , vocabulary analysis is assumed to be completed. Otherwise (for more complex vocabularies the analysis is continued by the diagram of states. This scheme of analysis requires a large amount of work related to searching in various tables and practically any search in the translator reduce s to determining the entry of the terminal to some set. The affiliation matrix, to each ter~ninal in which a line corresponds, and to the set of which a column corresponds, is created for the maximum acce leration of these searches. The matrix element gives the feature of entering the terminal in the set. Introduction of the affiliation matrix completely solved the problem of search and fast switches during analysis. Each line of the affiliation matrix occupies two cells of the BESM- 6 in the trans- lator from E1'brus autocode in the TEMP instrument complex written by using the - CROSS SPT. The expenditures of inemory on the affiliation matrix are totally com- _ pensated for by economical internal display of ti::~ syntactical and vocabulary structure of the language. The size of translators written using the CROSS SPT does not exceed the size of translators realized by other methods. An interpretation scheme for analysis which provides great flexibil ity and reli- - ability when using the affiliation matrix has sufficiently high-speed characteris- tics. Thus, the translator from El'brus autocode to TEMP IK [Instrument complex] operates at a speed of 1,000-1,500 lines per minute. Printing the track of syntax and vocabulary analysis and gathering of statistics on the frequency of performing the constructions, which permit the developer to _ optimize the translator more efficiently, play the main role among the debuqging equipment. The system is now in operation and further investigations are being carried o ut to improve and develop the system and realization of versions of the SPT for other base languages and machines. 68 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 - FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY BIBLIOGRAPHY ~ 1. Gries, D., "ICpnstruirovaniye kompilyatorov dlya tsifrovykh vychislitel'nykh - mashin" [Design of Compilers for Digital Computers], Nbscow, Mir, 1975. COPYRIGHT: Tallin skiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 1980 [110-E521] 6521 CSO: 1863 69 FUR OF~'[CIAL USE ONLY . I APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 rux ~rru.twt, U~~ UNLY THF. MIS SYSTEM--EL'BRUS APPLICATION Tallinn AVTOMATIZATSIYA PROIZVODSTVA PAKETOV PRIKLADNYKH PROGRI~MM in Russian 1980 (signed to press ~4 Jul 80) pp 187-188 ' [Article by i~. Lomp, M. Kharf and A. Shmundak from collection "Automated Production of Applied Program Packages", e3ited by A. Vooglayd, Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 500 copies, 208 pages] " [Text] Development of a mobile programming system (mobile interactive synthesizer --MIS) is described, the prototype of which is the PRIZ YeS programming system. PRIZ type systems are designed to describe the semantic relationships between ob- jects and to synthesize programs from these descriptions. They are well adapted for use as means of interaction between the user and applied program packs. The MIS system i.s being developed to work in the E1'brus MVK [Multiprocessor computer complexj. However, it was noted during development that modern PPP [Applied pro- � gram pack] for solution of scientific and technical and engineering problems are usually realized in FORTRAN and consequently are rather easily transferred from one type of computer to another. In view of this, it was decided to develop a mobile system. FORTRAN GOST, the translator from which is contained in the first unit of the E1'brus MVK MO and the interfaces with the operating systems (mainly input- output) are localized in a small number of modules, was selected as the realiza- - tion language. This organization made it possible to organize the system for the YeS EVM [Unified computer system]. Dialogue programaning systems are now acquiring ever greater popularity. The MIS system was designed so that it can operate both in the pack mode and in the dia- logue mode. As in previous versions, the user has access to archives for storage of the descriptions of his own computer models in a form which permits, on the one hand, rapid starting of the program,and on the other hand, restoration of the text of the model description. A context edi,tor which permits operational correc- ' tion of both the current model and the contents of the archive, is offered for working in the dialogue mode. The UTOPIST language used by the system was also changed. Determination of the method of realizing the relationship should primarily be noted. Moreover, the cap- abilities of program synthesis have been expanded by addition of synthesis of sim- ple cycles. The problem of realization of the macroprocessor to UTOPIST language is considered. COPYF;IGHT: Tallinskiy politekhnicheskiy institut, 1980 [110-6521] - 6521 7r CS 0: 1863 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 i FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY FUNDAMENTAIS OF THE OPERATING SYSTEM OF THE UNIFIED COMPUTER SY~TEM , " Moscow OSNOVY OPERATS IONNOY S ISTEMY YES EVM in Russ ian ~1980 (s igned to press . 11 Aug 80) pp 2-3, 144 [Annotation, foreword, bibliogr~phy and table of contents from book "Fundamentals _ of the Operating System of the Unified Computer system", by Adol'f Aleksandrovich Zemlyanskiy and Mikhail Grigor'yevich Persits, Izdatel'stvo "S ovetskoye radio", 40,000 copies, 144 pages ] [Text) Applied psoblems of using the operating system of the YeS EVM [Unified com- puter system] are outlined in the book. The general functions and composition of the OS YeS [Operating system of the unified computer system) are considered and the assignment control language and systems processing programs are described. Exam- ples are presented which illustrate the material and can be used by programmers for solving practical problems in the operating system of the unified computer series. - The book is intended for progra~ners familia.r with one of the programming languages of the operating system. It can be recom~nended to personnel desiring to master in- depenrlently the procedures for workinq with the OS YeS and also to students of ~uzes of the corresponding specialties. ~ Foreward ~ Modern cotnputers are equipped with a set of programs which facilitate the problem preparation process and which provide running of proalems through the maahine. The software of modern computers makes it possible to coordinate the work efficiently, to distribute resources optimally, to provide information input and output, to de- _ bug programs and to detect and diagnose errors. The unified series (YeS) of computers has developed software at its disposal, among which the central position belongs to the operating system (OS). The authors did not attempt to provide detailed description of the capabilities of the operating system of the Ye5 EVM, but~attempted to outline the neces~ary minimum of data that can be used to beqin practical utilization of it. The first chapter of the book is devoted to the main cancepts of the OS of the YeS EVM. It contains brief information on the composition and functions of the system, the control program and assignment control and proplems of organization of data and control of them are also consider~d. 71 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 F'OR OFFICIAI. USF ONLY The material of the second chapter is devoted. to the assignment control language-- a powerful and effective means of planning and control of computer operation. This part of the book functionally fulfills a double load: on ~he one hand, it can be ueed for practical work and on the other hand it serves as reference material~ The , rules for encoding of control operators are described and the control operators themselves are considered in the chapter. Information on ;ystems proce5sing programs is outlined in Chapter 3. The ma~-. steps of programs in the operating system--translation, editing of comanunications and de- bugginq--are considered here. A considerable position is given to the step of pro- gram translation from different languages included in the OS YeS EVM. - The book contains many examples which encompass the situation most frequently en- countered in practice. Exhaustive material on the operating system can be found in the operational docu- mentation of the OS YeS, while the required operating languages of the system are _ acquired during practical work on the machine. The authors feel it their pleasant duty to express gratitude ta Professor V. N. Chetverikov and. to candidates of technica~ sciences Yu. S. Belyavskiy, A. A. Ivanov and G. N. Revunkov for review work and for valuable comments on the manuscript. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. "Yedinaya sistema elektronnykh vychislitel'nykh mashin. Operatsionnaya sistema, Tekhnicheskaya dokumentatsiya" [The Unified Computer System. The Operating Sys- tem, Technical Documentation]. 2. "Sistema matematicheskogo obespecheniya YeS EVM" [The Software System of the Unified Computer System], edited by A. M. Lariono�~, Moscow, Statistika, 1974. " 3. Naumov, V. V., G. V. Peledov, Yu. A. Timofeyev and A. G. Cheicalov, "Su~ervizor OS YeS EVM" [The Supervisor of the Operating System of the Unified Computer System), Moscow, Statistika, ]975. 4. Lebedev, V. N. ~.nd A. P. Sokolov, "Vvedeniye v si~temu prograc~unirovaniya OS YeS" [Introduction to the Programming System of the Operating System of the Unified Computer System), Moscow, Statistika, 1978. 5. "Vychislitel'naya tekhnika i obrabotka dannykh: Terminologicheskiy tolkovyy slovar' firmy IBM" [Computer Equipment and Data Processing: Short Terminologi- cal Dictionary o� the IBM Company]f,translated from English), edited by T. Ter- - D'Iikaelyan, Moscow, Statistika, 1978. - Contents Page Foreword 3 Chapter 1. Main Concepts of the Operating System of the Unified - Computer System 4 72 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY l.l. Composition and Functions of the Operating System 4 1.2. The Control Program 11 1.3. Assignment Control 16 1.4. Data Organization and Data Control 21 Chapter 2. Assignment Control Language 2~ 2.1. Encoding of Control Operators 27 2.2. Control Cperators. Description 30 2.3. Procedures 60 2.4. Instructions Operator 65 Chapter 3. Systems Processing Programs 66 3.1. Program Translation 67 3.2. Communications Editing 93 3.3. Program Debugging 104 _ 3.4. Auxiliary Programs 107 Bibliography 144 COPYRIGHT: Szdatel'stvo "Sovetskoye radio", 1980 [105-6521J 6521 CSO: 1863 73 - FUR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY unC 681.3.06 BASIC SOFTWARE OF AN AIR-SPACE DATA PROCESSING COMPLEX Novosibirsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4, Jul-Aug 80 pp 61-66 [Article by N. S. Yakovenko, Novosibirsk~ [Excerpts~ Introduction. The ba.sic computer of a complex for processing astro- and aerophotographic surveys (information about the ha.rdware of the complex is con- . tained in [1~ and its bibliogra.phy), realized on the basis of the "Zenit-2," is the Ye5-1010 mini-computer, the fl~nctions of which include control of the complex through the CAMAC appar3.tus); prima,ry processing of data. obtained on the "Zenit-2" automatic ma.chine; control of "operative visualiza.tion" of information (a CAMAC monitor and .color and half-~~one TV CAMAC displays are included in the complex); assuring the transmission of informa,tion (through a standard.ized ma.in-line excha,nge - system for subsequent processing (on the M-4~030~ NR2116V and M-6000 computers) or output to specialized peripherals (the "Planshet" plotter and the "Karat" micro- _ filming device). The present article has the purpose of describing program mod.ules belonging to the - lower level of software of the complex (basic modules) which are engaged in direct control of a functionally separated specific part of t~_,: automation. They are written in Assembler and can be summoned from modules of a higher level which ac- complish preliminary da.ta processing or combine the ~znctioning of various parts of the complex and are recorded either also in Assembler or in the higher-level lan- guage PLR-10 or FORTRAN-IV~ _ BIBLIOGRAPHY - l. Bv.ryy, L. V., et al. Automated;ima,ge processing complex. AVTOMATRIYA, 1980, No 3. COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", "Avtometriya", 1980 ~71A -2174~~ 217G~ CSO: 1863 r 7~+ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 fOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY _ DEVELOPMENT OF AN AUTOMATID CONTROL SYSTEM FOR THE ECONOMY OF AN ADMINISTRATIVE REGION Riga SOZDANIYE AVTOMATIZIROVANNOY SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA EKONOMIKOY ADMINISTRATIVNOGO RAYONA in Russian 1980 (signed to press I7 Mar 80) pp 2, 150-151 [Annotation and table of contents from aollection edited by A. Viyesis, Latviyskiy gosudarstvennyy universitet imeni P. Stuchki, 290 copies, 152 pages] UDC 65.011.56:33(-2/-5) [Text] The republic interagency collection of scientific works is devoted to study of the theoretical and practical problems of development of territorial ASU [Auto- _ mated control systems]. The collection is published annually. The results of scientific research ~re presented b~~ instructors of wzes, postgraduate students, colleagues of leading scientific research institutes and specialists of computer centers. Problems of ASOD [Automated data processing system] design for an admin- istrative rayon and ASGS [Automated system for state statistics] and ASPR [Automated control system for planning calculations (under Gosplan)] si:bsystems and also the ~ capabilities and advantages of using the latest computer equipment, different data carriers, data transmission systems and economic methods of analysis are considered in most articles. The collection of scientific articles can be recommended to instructors and students of vuzes, colleagues of computer ~enters and rayon administrative, planning and statistical bodies. Contents Page E. Ya. Vanags, Characteristics of the Main Complexes of Problems of the First Unit of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon 3 K. K. Kants, Principles of Developing the Applied Software of the ASOD for an Administrative Rayon 12 ~ I. Ya. Vanags, Calculating the Economic Effectiveness of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon 22 V. V. Lotsan, The Main Trends in Development of the ASOD of the Directive Bodies of the Rayon 32 S. P. Belyy and S. N. Shul'gin, Some Aspects of Developing the Software for the Remote Statistical Information Processing System 41 U. Ya. Grivin'sh, Organization of Remote Data Processing in the Computer System of the Czechoslovakian State Bank 50 _ 75 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY T. A. Ziyedin'sh, The Main Aspects of the Information Exchange System of ~ the Automated Agriculture Management System of the Latvian SSR 55 V. A. Grinbergs, Inclusion of PL-1 Language in the Basic Languages of the SUBD [Data base control systemJ BANK 59 - K. P. Men'shikov, The Graphoanalytical Method of Disnlaying the Algo- rithms of Calculating Problems in the Automated Control System and Estimating Its Effectiveness 66 S. S. Tsirkunov and V. V. Katsubo, Automation of Calculation Control at Collective-Use Computer Centers 76 B. M. Geyman, Organization of Automated Data Processing for Agriculture in the ASOD of the Administrative Rayon 80 R. L. Okun', Automated Accounting of Motor Freight Transport Operation of Agricultural Enterprises of the Rayon Using the Unified Computer System 86 U. Ye. Rc~zevskis, The Structure and Composition of Modules in Automation of Calculations on Labor and Wage Accounting (Using Agriculture as an Example) 96 _ T. B. Tveriyonas, Standardization of Primary Documentation in the Auto- mated Control System for Agricultural Enterprises 104 V. V. Lein'sh, Problems of Impzoving Data Processinq on Accounting for Goods and Material Valuables at Agricultural Enterprises 111 Yu. A. Pavlovskiy, Ya. Yu. Krumin'sh,and E. E. Abelis, Selecting Software Facilities for Constructing a Calendar-Planning Dialogue ~ystem 115 V. V. Tsarev, Using Multipurpose Methods for Calculation of Calendar- Planning Norms 121 Ye. V. Romanyuk, Mechanization of Accounting at Centralized Accounting Offices at the Rayon Level 130 Yu. K. Irgenson, Improving the Process of Data Preparation on the Basis of 57na11 M-5000 Computers 139 B. V. Kurov, Display of Planning-Economic Information 144 COPYRIGHT: Latviyskiy gosudarstvennyy universitet im. P. Stuchki, 1980 [104-6521] 6521 CSO: 1863 76 FOR OFFICIAL USE ON~,Y _ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY CHARACTERISTICS OF �PHE MAIN COMPLEXES OF PROBLEMS OF THE FIRST UNIT OF THE ASOD OF VALMIYERSKIY RAYON Riga SOZDANZYE AVTOMATIZIROVANNOY SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA EKONOMIKOY ADMINISTRATIVNOGO RAYONA in Russian 1980 (signed to press I7 Mar 80) p 3 [Article b~ E. Ya. Vanags, Latvi.an Branch of Scientif ic Research Institute of USSR Central Statistical Administrati.on, Riga, from ~collection edited by A. Viyesis, Latviyskiy gosudarstvennyy universitet imeni P. Stuchki, 290 copies, 152 pagesJ [Excerpt] In December 1Q78 an interagency committee accepted for industrial opera- tion the first unit of the automated data processing system (ASOD), Valmiyerskiy Rayon, containing four subsystems: --ASOD for local i~odies of state statistics; --ASU [Automated control system] for rayon agriculture; _ --ASU for the rayon association Goskomsel`khoztekhnika [State Committee of _ Agricultural Equipment and Machinery], Latvian SSR: --ASU of raypotrebsoyuz [Rayon union of consumers' societies]. The composition of the fir.st unit of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon was determined by the complex program for development of the Latvian RASU [Republic automated con- trol system], based on the feasibility of development of ASU, the volumes of eco- nomic data at enterprises and organizations and also the presence of the required resour~ces for development of an automated system. The total composition of the first unit of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon includes 22 complexes of problems, of which 11 are related to bookkeeping and accounting, 3 are related to statistical accounting, 5 are related to plann.ing, 2 are related to forecasting and 1 is related to pedigxee record-keeping. Thir.~i-generation and also second-generation computers, k~ypunch machines and keyboard calculators are used to - solve the complexes of problems of the first unit. COPYRIGHT: Latviyskiy gosudarstvennyy universitet im. P. Stuchki, 1980 [104-6521~ 6521 CSO: 1863 77 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ CALCULAlIIdG THE ECONOMIC EFFECTIVENESS OF THE AUTOMATED DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM FOR VALMIYERSKIY RAYON ~ Riga SOZD~b]IYE AVTOMATIZIROVANNOY SISTEMY UPRAVLFNIYA EKOPdOMIKOY ADMIPII:STRATIVNOGO - RAYOPlA in Russian 1980 (s igned to press 17 Mar 80) pp 22-31 (Ar':icle by I. Ya. Vanags, Latvian Branch of Scientific Research Institute of USSR Ce~*:ral Statistical Administration, Riga, from collection edited by A. Viyesis, Latviyskiy gosudarstvennyy universitet imeni P. Stuchki, 290 copies, - 152 pages] [Text] The economic effectiveness of the ASOD [AutoMated data processing systemJ of Valmiyerskiy Rayor, was calculated according to a method developed at the Latvian - Branch nf NII TsSU SSSR [Scientific P,esearch Institute of Central Statistical A~i- - ministration of the USSR]. T?ze sources for obtaining the input data required to calculate the effectiveness ' were olanning documentation, planning and fiscal report data of the Valmiyerskiy ~ RIVTs [Ra?on Tnformation-Computer Center], statistical reports of enterprises and ~ ~rganizations ~f Valmiyerskiy Rayon, data of special investigations, norms and standards, curcent price lists and indicators of analogs. _ The metho~l of data processing at the rayon information-computer station with punch- ~ card rt~a~hineYy as the main equipment was taken as the basis for comparison. The different types of expenditures for data processing were taken into account into - th~ variants being compared. s ~ The capital investments for d~velopment of the ASOD for an administrative rayon consist of the cost of RIVTs equipment, expenditur~s for construction of the RIVTs building and preproduction expenditures. - The cost of equipment (ICob), based on the composition and amount of computer and other equipment, the cost of a unit of equipment and transport and installation - expenses, was determined at 2,015,800 rubles. L E'xpenditures for construction of the RIVTs building (Kyd), according to the con- - tract-detail design for construction of the building of the Valmiyerskiy P.IVTs, j comprise 784,000 rubles and the preproduction expenditures (ICpr) were determined _ at 1,070,000 rubles. The total capital investments for dFVelopment of the ASOD (ICor) are calculated by ~ the formula: - ~ 78 FOR Q!~FICSAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFiCIAL USE ONLY Ksr - Kob ~d + Kpr - 2~015,800 + 784,000 + 1,070,000 = 3,869,800 rubles. _ The annual current expenditures for data processing in the ASGD for an administra- tiVe rayon includes the annual operating expenditures for data processing at the RIVTs, expenditures for s~1L}aan of problems of the rayon automated system at the republic level and preproduction expenditures relsted to the anriual period. The operati ng expenses for data processing at the RIVTs consist of the personnel. waqes of the ~.IVTs, social insuran~e deductions, equipment depreciation deductions, ' e~cpenditures for main and auxiliary materials, expenditures for spare parts and ~ materials for routine and preventive mainten3nce of equipment, payments to the plant for computer repair, expenditures for electric power (for production needs), - depreciation deductions for the RIVTs building and miscellaneous expenditures. The personnel wages of the Valmiyerskiy RIVTs are determined an the basis of the makeup and number of workers, their official rates and tariff rates and the coeffi- ci.ent of the additional wa~ge of operators (sEe Table 1). When establishing the - official rates and tariff rates of workPrs, the circumstance tha~ the Valmiyerskiy RIVTs has been converted to new wage condifions Ys taken into account. The total wages for the year are 31,668 X 12 = 380,016 rubles. Soci al insurance deductions (ZS) for the workers in the TsSU system of the USSR comprise 5.5 percent of the wage fund: ZS = 380,200 X 5.5 percent = 20,900 rubles. The equipment depreciation deducti.ons of the Valmiyerskiy RIVTs presented in Table 2 were calculated on the basis of the cost of the equipment and the corresponding norms of depreciatioil deductions. Expenditure for main and auxiliary materials (M) are calculated at the rate of 2.0 percent of the cost of tYie main equipment (computers, hardware for data exchange and compilation and reproduction equipment): ~ M= 1,949,300 X 2,0 percent = 38,990 rubles. Expenditures for spare par-ts and materials for routine and preventive maintenance of equipment (Vt) are determined at the rate of 3.0 percent of the cost of the main - equipment: - Vt = 1,949,300 X 3.0 percent = 58,480 rubles. Payment to the computer repair plant for preventive maintenance of punchcard mach inery and keyboard computers of the RIVTs (according to ~the current price list for routine maintenance and preventive inspection of computers) comprises 16,100 rubl es . Consumption of electric power for production needs is calculated on the basis of y cons umed power and the annual fund of equipment operating time and comprises 462, 920 kilowatt-hours. . 79 FOlt OFF7CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 ~ FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY x x ~ NMd' 0 ~ ul O O O ON ~ -1 r1 ~ cU Q.~ O 00 rl N tr1 u1 O N J-~ .I..~ (T O ~ U~ dl N d' t~ rl 'd' O (p O~ b~ A O~ ~--I r1 v~ N N 27 u/ - H~ 3 ~~~C7 y ~ ~ ~ ~ O o W b~ G ~ O ~ x tT N R b a x ~ .u 3 ~ r-~~ o H c�~ v aNi i i i i i ~ i o ~ v 5 u b~ ~n ~ ~ ~ i ~ i ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ro U FC ~ 3 1 1 1 I 1 I I.-1 U w ~ ~ a ~ 'U ~ H U ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ �rr+l �!n U) N ~ .r{ ~ -O ~ ` N W ~ ~ O~ .-~i ~d aG a1 ~ 0 ~ 's' ~1 r+ ~n o u1 0 o u1 o u1 rtf 1~? N ~ .u ~ ~ ~r c~ ~ r~ ~r ~n v~ ~o o ~ a , ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 f' ~ ~I ,-e ~ ~ ~ tn v o ~ wo 0 3 ~ ~ u ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~ N w v ro O ~ O~ d~ ao 0~ r~ u~ O ~ W~ ~ z ~ �~~a w r, a~ ~ s~ ~ 4'a .-1 I N 't7 ~ O ~ 1 b rl N N R y,, ~ O N ~l1 ~ ~C N ~ ~G N � a, a~i tn ~ N G ~ U r� r~-I �n N rd R 1a �~-1 C~ O N N~1 R, R, ~ r-1 ~ W N b~ ~ �~-I J-) Ql ~ 3,1 N ~ O O.~ N ~ b U ~ G1 LL ~ N U !v7 a~ v] b~ O U ~ ~ ~ 3 ~ ~ v ~ N ~ ~ > ~ ~ ~ ~ u x rn.-~ x s~ ~s a x x x a v ~ - H~~s N ~ a~~,aa~ H HH H Ha ~o~ ~ H�rl U H�~-I A~ �1 fd UJ H H H F-1 H O N U N rt7 ~ ~ro ~ a ~ w o~ a bi .I~J U * ~ ~ 3 ~ ~ F' ~ ~ N O Ra +~i ~ �.~~1 r~-I ` N~ ~ ~ O D ~ N N b O aEi oi b ~ ro~ tr~ ,o a~ x v a-i ~ rtS tr ~a ~ tn O ~ 0; ~ o .N ~ ~ _ o ~ ~s a, o w a s~ rn a, v ro ,.-i o ~ ~ a o tr' ~ v ~ ~ a~ u _ tr~ O E a~ q U~ tr ~ ~ a~ R.~ ro�~ ~ > b a~ i o o ro~ a ao o+~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ > ~y ~ a~ s~ b s~ a~i ~n ~ ~ _ ~ ~ ~ o o c ~ a~ a v ~ ~ ~ ~a ~ ~ ~ a~ s~ b o a~ ~ a~ ~ ~ _ U~ v~ ~ t~ N w 3-i R, ~-1 Sa ~ 1~ ~ 11 b~ u1 O U~+ W O a R, Q, ~ C4 rtf N 0~ U w ~n ro m rn ro ~ a, - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~a .o ~ ~ c�~ ro ~ ~ ,-~i ~ v 'D O A b ~ H z r-i ~i ri ~r ui ~o 80 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY O u1 u1 I~ N u1 Op O tf1 O O~ O Q1 O O t0 0(1 N CO I~ [f' ~ O t~ N CO d' ~ O r-1 N lU t0 ~i' f'7 ~0 lf1 l0 d' l!1 N M d' N CO N I~ CO dl 10 . r1 L~ r~ r-~ (h ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ( ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ln ~ � ~ � � ~ � ~ � ~ � ~ ~ ~ ~-i e--I ri r~ ~I r-I r-~I r..~ O O u1 ul O ~ O O O O O O O O tfl O V' ~l' d1 M 00 dl (h Ol dl V' Ol V' Q1 V' M 61 >C ' rl r-1 r-I r-I rl ri rl r-I M M'V' t(1 Ol Ol M ~p N d' M M ~p M lIl 10 O C~1 M N N I~ N b N 1~ 1~ i~ ~ i~ i-~ ~1-~ w b rt ro ~d ~d ~d b b ~ a a"~ x a~i aUi a a~i a a~, a" a a~, a x a~i ~ H a H a a H a H a H~ H a H H a H O H' O O H O H Q H O H O H H Q N U v ~ ~ 0 0 a~ i s~ ~ ~ ~ a~ ~ ~ ~r u, o ~ a ~ b ~ c a~ v b ~ ro ~ ~ a�.~ b a~ a o i o>~ s~ o s~ ~ v ro+~ s~ b u~ s~ o�~ o~ ~d o ro ro D Q, o a~ ~n b ~ o o~ o s~ ~ - w ~ a w+~ a, o a ~ ~n a o o a ~ a~.c a~ ro a, b a, zi ~ a~ o v v, b ~ u, ro ro a~ o ~ s~ s~ b ~ w+? s~ a u u, o a~ o�.~ ~d v~ _ a~ o�~+ a~a.a a~a v~ a~w ~oz~�~~ s~~�~a ~ w v ~n a o~ a~ ~ o s~ a~ ~ b o~+ a~ a o a~ b~s ~ o~,~no ~a .~os~~ ~ a~ wab~s ~b~~ b~ �rl �~-I �rl 11 ~r ~ O �.-I N G .1-~ 'd ~ LI f' ~4~ q ~ Z7 �~-I ro~+~ b a~ a~ w.~ o ~ i o+~ v~ o+~ w ro b a ~+~v~b b x ~w ~o~ a~�.~ aoa aoo ros~ - U r-I ~ 'O t~d ~-~I ~ ~ ~ E ~ ~ ~ tT N ~ b ~ G ~ ~ b E ~ ~ O N ~ ~b~~ ~.o~~~�,wb ~w ro~ *'O~`�~ ~��,~w~ a~ b a~ aa~o u o ~w aro ~ c`~iw wbbo ~i � ~ ~ A~~c�~ �u~u~',ro H~ z�a ~'~b+~�~ A.~~~~ a~ H H r OD O~ O .i N r~ ~ _ ~-1 .-1 ~--1 r-1 81 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 0 0 ~ w a ~ a~'~ � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ O Id rl N l!1 M (V N O dl r-I ,-1 ~p pp ~-1 N�~-1 O r1 M '-1 QO d~ c0 d~ d~ r-I V~ O CO u1 rt! �~1 R7 U . . . , . . . . . H E~ ~1 'd ~~C O N N ~ ~ r-I N ~7' CO _ c~'1 ~ A A aC N . . N �rI a-? .-I x o t~ U y~ � ~ ~ ~ ~ rt A ~ O ~ TJ �rl ul 4-i ~1 d-~ q,i.~ O O O O O O O O O O O � o ~d ro o a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 b�~ �a a~ o 0 0 0 0 ~ rn ~n rn v~ U1 ~ U ~1 U ~ . . . . . . . . O ~ S~ ~ OJ ~ r-1 .-1 .-I ~-1 ~ CO Ol c0 rl N N r-1 ~ ~ ~ N a - 7 A A ro . A a - w~~ N O O O O O O O O O O O 0~ b N 00 O O a0 N cV r O O O O ~ ~ 01 N O 00 O N O O O u1 . . . . . . . . . U N�ri O'~ O t~ rl r-I r-1 d1 t~ O (`'1 rl N LI U ba i~ ~ 00 r--I N ~ ~ rl e-i rl r-I M ~ W N A 1~ ~ ?i i~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ W ~ k R~ ~ A O ~d a, b 'tl a ~ ~ LL b+ i~1 ~ ~ U ~ 0 N ~ ~ 'U q N �r1 1~ ~ ~ 'b U S.1 ~ b 'Cj Q ~ G' ~D ~0 c0 ~ w rroi ~ q }I �N U N A N 't7 H td Gl �~i U �~i q al ro a ~ ro x~ b ~ ~ b ~ a'~i v �a ~ ~ ~ ro b c�~ ~ ~ ~ ~r ~ ~ � ~ s~ ro rn ~ o w rr ~ ~ a, ~ o ~s z~ a a~ rr x N ~ a, a a, a~+ w ,c ~ ro a~ r-+ ~ a~i U W s~ ~ m b, 'd +i ~ _ H ~ ~ ~ � ~ 0 3 a�~ ~ w c , ~ a b ~ � ~o rn N o z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ s~ ~ o ~ a a ~ 0 o a~ b v b m ~ u a~ ~d ~ U �rl ~ C. ~ 1~1 r-I 'Cy ~ LI U .u a�~ a, ro a, o ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ b �.a ~ a�~i u~i w ~ o ~ ~ w~ w w E ~ a ~ a~i ~ a F r-I N M ~l' ~f1 l0 I~ 00 Ol O r-I '-I r-I 82 FOR OFF[CIAL LrSE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Expenditures on electric power for production needs at the RIVTs (Ve) with regard to the power utilization factor at the rate of 0.9 and the price of one kilowatt- hour of electric power at 0.025 rubles comprise: ~~e = 462,920 X 0.9 X 0.025 = 10,415 rubles. _ Since the standard depreciation deductions for the VTs building comprise 2.4 per- cent, the value of depreciation deductions for the building of the Valmiyerskiy RIVTs (AZd) comprise: AZd = 784,000 X 2.4 percent = 18,820 rubles. Mi scellaneous expenditures (P) are determined at the rate of 3.0 percent of the ma in (all previous) operating expenditures: P = (380,020 + 20,900 + 238,880 + 38,990 + 58,480 + 16,100 + + 10,420 + 18,820) X 3.0 percent = 782,610 X 3.0 percent = = 23,480 rubles. Thus, the annual operating expenditures for data processing at the Valmi~~erskiy RIVTs (Se) comprise: . Se = 782,610 + 23,480 = 806,10+J rubles. Th e annual current expenditures for data processing in the ASOD for an administra- tive rayon (Ssr ) are determir~ed by the formula: Kpr 1,070,000 Ssr = Se + Sr + T = 806,100 + 25,000 12 = 920,300 rubles, g where Se is the annual operating expenditures for data processing at the RIVTs; Sr is the annual expenditures for problem solving of the ASOD at the republic level; IC~r is preproduction expenditures required for development of the ASOD; and Tq is the average period of use of preproduction expenditures in years. Based on bookkeeping and accounting data of the Valmilerskiy RIVS (and also of s imilar RNS) with regard to the increase in the volume of information processed oa pu:ichcard machinery and keyboard computers and the increase of worker wages of the RIVS, the expenditures in the baseline version are determined at the following rate : expenditures for equipment acquisition (Ko) are 680,000 rubles; expenditures for construction of the RIVS huilding (ICZd) are 590,000 rubles; preproduction expenditures (I~r) are 340,000 rubles; operating expenditures (Se) are 775,000 rubles. . The capital investments required for data processing in the baseline version (Kb) _ comprise: ' 83 FOR OF~[CiAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ICb = Kob + KZd + Kpr = 680,000 + 590,000 + 340,000 = 1,610,000 ruk~les. The annual current expenditures for data processing in the baseline version (Sb) are deterr~ined by a similar formula used in the version being compared: Sb = Se + T - 775,000 + 3401200 _ g03,300 rubles. 5 An indirect saving--a saving in the production sphere at enterprises (organizations) of Valmiyerskiy Rayon, achieved with regard to the use of optimum, more complete, timely and reliab~e information--on the basis of expert estimates is determined at the rate of 1,140,000 rubles (0.5 percent of the cost of production, operations and services at enterprises and organizations of the rayon serviced by the RIVTs). Additional investments required for development of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon - (ICd) are dstermined by the formula: ~ Itd = KSr - K}, = 3,869,800 - 1,610,000 = 2,259,800 rubles, where Ksr is capital investments in the version being compared and ICb is capital investments in the baseline version. The annual saving of current expenditures achieved as a result of functioning of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon (Et) is calculated as the sum of direct saving (Ep) and the indirect saving (Ek): Et = Ep + Ek ' ~Sb ' Ssr~ + Ek = (803,300 - 820,300) + 1,140,000 = = 1,Q?3.U00 rubles, - where Sb is the annual curretit expenditures for data processing in the baseline version and Spr is the annual current expenditures for data processing in the ver- sion being compared. The period of return of additional capital investments (Tok~ " and the c~rresponding calculating factor of the economic effectiveness of addi- tional capital investments (ES) is determined in the following manner: - Kd 2,259,800 T�k Et 1,023,000 - 2'2 Years; Kd 1,023,000 e~ Et 2,259,800 = 0.45. The annual saving achieved as a result of functioning of the ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon (E) is determined by the formula: E= Et - Kd X en = 1,023,000 - 2,259,800 X 0.15 = 634,000 rubles, where en is the unified normative coefficient of the economic effectiveness of capital in~restments. 84 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/48: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Calculation of the economic effectiveness shows the feasibility of developing the � ASOD of Valmiyerskiy Rayon since the calculating factor of the economic effective- ness of additional capital investments for development of an automated rayon sys- ~ tem is higher than the mean sector normative facto~` of the effectiveness of capital investments for development of the ASU and introduction of computer equipment established at the rate of 0.33. COPYRIGHT: Latviyskiy gosudarstvennyy universitet im. P. Stuchki, 1980 [104-6521] 6521 CSO: 1863 85 FOR OFF[CiAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 r'U1t Ur~F1c;lAL US~ ONLY APPLICATIONS . ~ UDC 621.396.6.002.2:681,3 UTILIZING ELEKTRONIKA S5-12 MICROCOMPUTER IN MONITORING SYSTEM rioscow PRIBORY I SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA in Russian No 11, 1980, pp 8-9 (Article by Candidate of T echnical 9ciences V. V. Sumin and engineers A. G. Vasil'yev and V. N. Syrtsev: "Systems for Processing Ellipsometric Data"] [Text] During the study of the dividing surfaces and boundaries of inedia, in partj~ilar when detennining the thiclrness and opt:tcal constants of thin film in the epitaxy-planar technology of manufacturing integrated circuits, the proUlem arises of processing ellipsometric data, This problem is becom- ing especially timely under production i:onditions of manufacturing inte- grated circuits where output monitoring is organized. In this case two very important requirements are made of the data processing system: (1) the computational eq~iipment must insure operational processing of data and have acceptable dimensions; (2) rapjd and accurate computation is essential. These two requirements are to some extent contradictory. This article pro- poses looking for a compromise solution using an equipment complex based on the domestically produced Elektronika S5-12 single-card microeomputer. _ Statement of the Problem The processing of ellipsometric data involves analyzing the optical parameters of an epitaxy layer (in our case the film thickness d and the index of refrac- tion nl) according to measured angles of polarization ~y and which are re- lated liy rhe fundamental equation of ellipsometry. For good-quality opera- tional monitoring of epitaxy films the equation of ellipsometry should be � solved with a high level of precision (parameter d with a precision up to 10 -1 ~ meters, parameter nl with an absolute error of 0.01) and speed (for each measurement of angles ~ and ~ the output parameters d and ni are de- termined; the cycle between measurements is f ive seconds). The use of gen- erally accepted gradient methods of solving nonlinear equations without. special software makes it possible to receive the required charac.*.eristics of the computational process anly thanks to the employment of highly produc- tive general-purpose computers of the BESM-6 type. The development of spe- cial computi.n~ measures oriented to the use of low-nroductivity micro- computers is a serious problem, some aspects o~ whose solution are presented in this article. " 86 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY _ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY J Structure of the Equipment Complex The problem po sed of processing ellipsometric data is solved on a hardware com- plex based on an Elektronika SS-12 microcomputer (see f igure). The control - - Key: (1) Printer; 2~7M~ (2) General Mainline of nY nn3y > Microcomputer; ' (3) Elektronika PS-PPZU Semi- p, MA l~ ;~BM MIIY Permanent Me~mory Unit; ~5~ (4) Multichannel Alphanumeric , Printer; 6Y 6N (5) Computer; _ (6) MPU16-2 Small Printer; ~ 6I1 ~ ' (7) Indicator Block; (8) Settings Block; (9) Power Supply Block. Structural Diagram of Hardware Complex console is designed to turn on the system, check its working condition, put it in a work regime, and prepare to process the next measurement. The multi- channel alphanumeric printer makes it possible to feed data on increments of the angles (~o and ~o) in sequence to the digital channel of the computer. The settings block stores the values of the constant components of the mea- surement (~y , e, and so on) which can be fed to the computer at any moment; during the 3npu~ process the parameters ~_~o +~y; ~o + ~y. The following requirements were made of the structure of the camplex: mini- ` mize the number of nonseries control assemblies and organs; insure visual monitoring of parameters; document the measurement made and compute the parameters. For this reaeon when external equipment is connected into the complex ths direct linkages of the contacts of the peripheral device pre- dominate - tt~e bit position of the digital channel of the computer while the data conversion functions are assigned to the computer. In additior~, the camplex has two other characteristics: the def icit of digital outputs is eli.minated by the use of dynamic indication and the microcomputer works in a start-stop mode (using the signal "sozh") in the print cycle. The base computer in the complex is an Elektronika SS-12 microcomputer. Th~s model of microcomputer was chosen on the basis of the following consider- ations. The Elektron ika S5-12 is single- card machine built into the technological equipment of t he microcomputer and is produced in series by domestic in- dustry. Two models, ~the Elektronika SS-O1 and Elektronika SS-02, are pro- duced for full-scale debugging of a].gorithms and programs. Multichannel 13-bit reversible alphanumeric printers and other compatible hardwa.re are manufactured for the Elektronika SS famil; of microcomputers. 87 r. nv nvc'rr~T AT TTCF l1NT V APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Software of the Complex The system software for processing ellipsometric data took shape on the basis of solving two major proble~ns: finding a modification of the algorithm far ~ solving the ellipsometric equation with a high speed, and implementing the modif ied algorithm on the Elektronika SS-12 microcomputer. The f irst problem is obviously a classical mathematical problem. Within the framework of this problem it is possible to solve the equation of ellipso- metry relative to a parameter (film thickness d); the second parameter (nl) is found as a value of the variable that insures the min.imum for a specially selected criterion (mismatc h of the measured and computed values of the . parameter) . . The second problem is typical for applications of microcomputers that do not have operations with a floating decimal point and operations with double word length. It is apparent that to get maximum sp eed (that is, minimum time required to solve the ellipsometric equation) a microcomputer mode with a fixed decimal point should be selected as the primary mode. In this case, however, to attain the assigned precision the computing algorithan must be subjected to careful analysis to study the natuxe of the distribution of error during computatinn and establish "tight" s;~ots in the procedure where _ the loss of precision is most significant. Errors of the following types are greatest: constraint error that arises because of the limited length of the computer word format; error in methods of executing fragments of the com- putat ion (subtracting proximate numbers, division by small numbers, and the like) ; raw data error. It is practically impossible to obtain analytic estimates for the values of these types of error in such complex computing procedures. Therefore, it is mo re convenient to make a preliminary estimate of pr~cision by modelzng the computing procedure on a general-purpose minicomputer~ with the approxi- mation of results characteristic of a microcomputer with a 16-bit word length. To do this the entire computing procedure for determining param- eters d and nl of the epitaxy layer is broken into fragments. Each of them is given by a series of possible computation structures which have their own total error values, and ~fter modeling the chain of fragments that provides the least resulting error is selected. The scaling places in the processing program and the processing places are established analogously with doubled precision for each specific computation problem. Debugging and aggregating of programs were done with a complex of a Nairi-K computer, and Elektronika S5-12, and a Videoton 340 display, as well~as on an Elektronika S5-Ol micro- computer. During construction of the system for prncessing elliptometric data on the basis of the domestically produced Elektronika S5-12 microcomputer the pos- sibility was established o� using a single-plate microcomputer of the Elektronika S5 family of the f irst te~hnological generation as the process- ing means in the stage of operational monitoring of the two principal parameters of an epitaxy Iayer. At the present time, a model of the proc- essing system has been built and comprehensive debugging of working pro- grams for the Elektronika S5-12 microcomputer is being completed. The more c>8 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY productive Elektronika 60 model microcomputer should be used to get higher indicators of processing quality (speed and precision). COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Mashinostroyeniye", "Pri~bory i sistemy upravleniya", 1980 [72-1176] _ 1.1,176 cso: i863 89 FOR OFFICIA,L USE ONLY -I APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY UDC 681.323 GENERAL-PURPOSE COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM UTILIZING ELEKTRONIKA-60 Moscow VYCHISLITEL'NYYE SREDSTVA V TEKFINIKE I SISTEMAKH SVYAZI in Russi.an No 5, 1980 pp 71-79 ~ . [Article by I. A. Mamzelev, M. Yu. Artem'yev, K. G. Knyazev, and V. N. Kudryashov: "General-Purpo~~. Computer Communications System"] ' [Text] It is possible to identify a large number of problems in cont~nporary communications engineering requiring ~computers for solution, for example vari- - ous scientific-tectm ical calculations, economic problems, tasks performed by an automated system for communications control, the jobs of controlling switch- ing centers, and the like. Thus, virtually all the primary functions of processing, storing, and distributing digital information are formed with com- puters, and for different jobs computers with different parameters will be re- qiiired, from microcomputers to highly productive computing systems. It seems wise to devise a certain basic general-~purpose computer communica - tions system for the communications sector. This would be a system of broad application that meets all the needs of the sector for computer equipment. In conformity with the tasks that are performEd, the structural principles of the general-purpose computer communications system should meet the following requirements: 1. The system should be composed of modules and capable of being built up. This makes it possible to use siunilar modules to put toget.her computing devices to solve prob- lems of varying degrees of complexity; 2. The number of types of modules should be minimized with a high degree of repetition among them. In this case it is possible to build inexpensive computer equipment because the primary requirement of microelectronics is met; mass production of a limited assortment; 3. Th~ already-developed software of the system module should be used as the nucleus of the software of the general-purpose computer commun ications system; - 9a FOR 0~'FICIAL USE ONLY , APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 4. The general-purpose computer communications system should guarantee fmproved computational reliability and be able to function when some of the equipment is down. _ The homogeneous computing sygtems constructed on the basis of a model of a co1- lective of computers meet these requirements f slly [1]. In this case the gen- eral-purpose com~,uter communications system is a set of identical elementary machines interlinked in the standard manner. Each elementary machine includes a general-purpose base comguter and a system unit which provides communications between this elementary mac hine and neighboring ones and carries on interaction within the machine [1, 2]. The elementary machine is a module of the general- purpose computer communicat ions system. This general-purpose system allows easy adaptation to the necessary clas~ of - problems: the number of elementary machines in thc system can be changed by connecting or disconnecting certain machines. The total number of elementary machines in the system is unlimited. The productivity of a system of K ele- mentary machines when solving one complex problem in the system increases pro- _ portional to the number K. It is also possible to use an individual ele- mentary machine of the system in a self-contained mode, which may be required for simple problems. The general--purpose system has improved reliability; when an individual elementary machine goes down, the remaining ones continue to solve the problem after reorganization. _ It is adv isable to use one of the existing microcomputers built on the basis of large integrated c ircuit technology a s the base general-purpose com- puter. This reduces the time for development of the general-purpose computer communications system and makes it possible to use existing software. In ad- dition, the use of microco~puters makes it possible to build large systems (several dozen machines) without being seriously limited by the dimensions of the dev~ice and the pow~r input. Below we will consider one altarnative of hardware for a general-purpo se computer commun ications system that uses Elektronika-60 microcomputers, which have very broad capabilities. We will consider the principal characteristics of the Elektronika-60 computer that are important from the standpoint of the systev.. The structure of the computer is shown in Figure 1 below. The figure iniicates that the computer is constructed on the modular principle, trat is, ~.11 functional blocks have the form of completed design units (modules) and c;?mmunication among them is carried on through a single data exchange chann~l (single-coupling inter- face) . The principal modules are the central processor (L(Tn , the memory modules (03y) with 4,~00 16-bit words each, and tF,e modules of the data input and output unit (Bl, B2) . The computer channeJ. provides communicati~.,n among two units interacting on the "active-passive" principl.e at any moment. The - active unit (in Figure 1 the central processor) initiates an access cycle to the channel in conformity with the working program, meets interrupt require- _ ments, and monitors the direct access to memory. Communication is cariied on through the channel by the "handshaking" method. The computer has a speed of 250, 000 ops per second when performing register addition. One of the key problems fac ing the developQrs of general-purpose computer communications system is the problem of choosing the structure of the system, _ 91 ~ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Key: (1) F.lementary Machine; - - (2) System Unit; _ , � r------ ~ ---fY~n~ ~ ~y (3) Computer; ~y (4) Central Processor; ~ - ~ (S) Computer Channel; - �i ~~3~ u,) ~ i ~ (6) Memory Unit; ~ ~ (7) Input--Output Unit. ~~I I~ ~i I~ . 03y B1 B2 ~ ~ ~ ~-L- ------JI ~ Figure 1 that is, how to interlink the elementary machines (the term "macrostructure" is used). The macrostructure should provide maximum values for the indicators - of survivability and switchability and minimal delays during transit data transmissions among the elementary machines. In addition, it should permit simple change in the number;of elementary machines without alteration of the hardware and significant changes in the software of each particular elementary machine. These requirements are met by standard Pn machine linkages; each ele- _ mentary machine is connected to its two neighboring mac hines by each of k ` coordinate axes (a k-dimensional cube). In existing systems k is small (k = 1 - for a circular ~ystem or k= 2 for a lattice structure) becausQ the intri- cacy of the system unit increases sharply for large values of k. Circular structure was chosen for the general -purpose system we are considering. This decision made it possible to meet the basic requirements made of the struc- ture of the system with fairly simple realization of the system unit (the ' entire unit can be put on a standard Elektronika-60 computer plate). The system unit that was developed can increase the number of nicrocomputers in the system by simply connecting in new computers to thosa already existing (through the system unit); break the system into independent functional sub- sys~ems by pr~grammed control; reorganize the configuration of the system by programs; destroy old and form new subsystems applicable to the problems being - solved; exchan.ge data among compaters of the subsystem in the process of jointly solving one complex problem. Figure 2 below is a schematic diagram of the system unit, In conformity with the general principle of functioning of the Elektronika-6U computer the system - unit is connected to the computer channel as an external unit. The main fuuc- tional blocks of the system unit are: the block of registers of systems opera- - tions (PCO) by which system interactions are accomplished; the program- - controlled commutator (K) of communications channels with neighboring ele- - mentary macfiines; the control signal shaper (~yC) for the computer channel; the block of system signal logic (7fCC) which produces system control signals - _ in conformity with the operation algorithm of the general-purpose computer - communications system; the decoder of addresses (XIW) which the central proc- essor of the particular elementary machine uses for access (in cases determined 92 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONL~' APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02148: CIA-RDP82-44850R000300104433-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY by the algorithm it produces the re~uired functional signals); the coupling ~ block (CK) with the computer channel. It is designed to meet the electrical deman~~s of the channQl for user devices. (1)$ K~2~ ~g ~ 3)ncc Key: (1) System Channel; (2) Commutator; .4~ muNaO(5 (3) System Logic Signal Block; (4) Address Decoder; ~ P6~ ( 5) Line 0; . , (6) Block of System Opera- ~ tions Registers; (7) Control Signal Shaper; , (8) (8 ) Coupling Block; ~ (9) Computer Channel; . i. (10) Da ta ; . ~9,daNOn3BM , ~ (11)~ Control � ~ - aa~w+eie - yn Nve � (.io) ~ ~ . cii'~ Figure 2 As theoretical research and experience with construction of the f irst twmoj geneous computing systems demonstrated [2, 3, 4], there are four system oper- ations that must be realized to insure the functional int~grity oF the systen~ (that is, to insure the possibility of joint solution of one complex problem - by severa]. elementary macfiines). These are: adjustment, exchange, system ' synchronization, and generalized unconditional branching. ' Var3ous features of the structure and architecture of the Elektronika-60 require a specific.approach to the system unit. Thus, it is not possible to supglement the computer command system with commands for interaction within a machine, which insures most rapid performance of~these interactions (as was _ done, for example, in the Minsk-222 system [3]), because the microprogram control of the computer is closed. To make it possible for the comg~iter to work in the general-purpose computer communications system the computer soft- ware is supplemented by an e~cpanded operations system that makes it possible to carry out system interactions. The computer operations system expanded by a set of systc~ programs is the pria~~ry operations system of the base ele- mentary machi_ne. A group of program-accessible funetional system operation registers was in- cluded in t;?e composition of the system unit for the propase3 general-purpose system to accomplish system interactions. The functional characteristic of the registers means that one register corresponds to each system operation: - the adjustment register; the exchange register; the system synchronization register (trigger); the generalized unconditional branching register. The 93 . FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY F.lektronika-60 uses the following principle to address external units: each , external unit con tains one or several registers which is assigned a f ixed ad- - dress from the address f ield of 4,000 higher-order words of inemory. In con- formity with this principle, ~a f ixed address ~s given to each system operatien register; the address decoder "remenbers" these addresses. Reference by the central processor to a definite address signif ies performance of the system operation corresponding to this address by the particular elementary machine. There are also two service registers: the current state register (PTC) and the state of the unit register. Tneir purposes will be described below. 'Let us consider system interactions in the general-purpose computer communi- - cations syst an. 1. Subsystem adjustment. Adjustment is the first stage in performing a dif- ficult problem. The subsystem des:gned to perform this problem is shaped in this stage. Adjustment of the entire subsystem is accomplished from the ele- mentary machine which received the problem (we will call it the controller). The subsystem is a group of elementary machines interlinked by a single - system communications channel. Thus, the controller's job is to assign a switching system in its own system unit and then in the systan units of the neighboring elementary machines so that all of the elementary machines of the subsystem are interlinked and connections with other elementary machines are cut of f . The type of switching in the commutator is determined by the content of the adjustment register. By feedi.ng the appropriate data to the adjustment regis- ter it is possi~le to obtain the following switching alternatives: linkage - only with the neighboring elementary machine to the right (left); linkage with both neighboring elementary machines and transit data transmission through the system unit (full linkage); full breaking of switching. Each transit elementary machine of the subsystem is adjusted by the controller to full linkage, while the extreme left (right) machine of the subsystem is adjusted for linkage with its right (left) neighbor. The controller uses a specially allocated fictitious adjustment a~dress for issuing the adjustment word to neighboring elementary mac:hines. When the decoder recognizes this address it sends the ad~ustment word from the com- puter channel not to the adjustment register, but to the data line of the system channel in the direction assigned by the commutator. A speci.al control _ line (eacfi system operation has its own line) is used in the systen cha.nnel to identify adjustment information. To control tfie identification signal the adjustment word goes along line 0 of the receiving machine to the adjustment register. At the same time the identification signal (not only for adjustment but also for other system interactions) arrives at the control signal shapi.ng block. It causes an i.nterruption of co~puter work and entry of the code "1" in the position of the current state register corresponding to adjustment (the other three positions of the current stat~ register perform the same functions for the other three system operations) . ~ny interrupt from the system channel caus es the computer to refer to a spe- ~ cial program, the supervisor of system interactions, which is included in the operations system of each base elementary machin.e. The supervisor 94 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY analyzes the positions of the current state register in order, finds th.e position in which the code "1" is entered, and executes the subroutine cor- respondin g to the system operation being performed. For ad~ustment the tnachine executes system synchronization (see below) and upon emergence from the in terrupt begins execution of its branch of the special-purpose parallel nrogram. The adjustment subroutine of the subsystem is part of the operations system of each~elementary machine. This subroutine may be stored permanently in the memory unit or kept on an external medium and called into memory only wfi en the particular eleai~entary machine receives a complex problem. 2. Exchange. As analysis demonstrates [1], the broad multiplicity of ex- change interactions can be reduced to the following types: translation ex- change (una elementary machine transmits and the others receive); conveyor exchange (all elementary machines of the subsystem form a circuit in which each machine receives data from the preceding one and transmits it to the next); paired exchange (only two of the elementary machines of the subsyst an are interlinked); collector exchange (one of the elementary machines of the ~ subsystem collects information from all the others). It is not possible, - a however, to accomplish all these types of exchange by hardware because t hey have functional redundancy. It has been theoretically shown [5J that all these types of exchange can be . accomplished by just one translation exchange. In addition, in practically 70 percent of the lrnown probleins it is translation exchange that the system needs. The other types of exchange can be accomplished by software. For these reasons on13~ translation exchange was accomplished by hardware in the system we are describing. Any of the elementary machines of the system is able to ignore exchange information by en*_ering the program code in the appropriate position of the system register. During exchange the transmitting elementary machine copies the exch~nge word according to the address of the exchange register. The decoder b3~ock recog- nizes the exchange register address and produces a functional signal to ~ accompany information along the system channel. The exchange data itself - goes directly to the data line of the system channel. In each ~of the re- _ ceiving elementary machines data from the system channel under the control of ~he escort signal is stored in the exchange register. The escort signal, _ as was also true for the adjustment signal, causes reference to the super- visor of system interactions which readsdata from the exchange register at the address determined ~y the special-purpose program. _ 3. System synchronization. This is always done before system interactions because the lengths of the branches of the parallel program in an elementary machine of the subsystem may differ and before exchanges it is essential to be sure that all elementary machines of the subsyste~n have already completed - their segments. This operation is also done immediately after adjustment. The elementary machine which is performing the synchronization enters the - code "1" in the current state register by program. When all the e~ementary machin es of the subsystem have performed the synchronization, the system logic signal circuits produce a generalized character, the signal of system ~ 95 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-0085QRQOQ3Q0100033-1 I ~ , a va~ vi tvicau v~7u vart~l syrichronization. It goes to all the etementary machines of the subsystem by a special wire of the control line of the system channel and is processed in a way similar to the signals that accompany adjustment and exchange. The gupervisor of system interactions requested by the systems synchronization signal clears the current state registEr to "0" and continues execution of its _ branch of the special-purpose program. _ 4. Generalized unconditional transfer. This system operation makes it pos- - sible to modify the course of computation in all elementary machines of the subsystem from one controlling elementary machine, not necessarily the con- troller. Generalized Lnconditional transfer is realized in a manner similar to that of the exchange operation. The only difference is that the super- visor of system interactions, after identifying the generalized unconditional transfer, performs an unconditional transfer in its own elementary machine, that is, it loads the command counter from the cell whose address is de- termined by the content of the exchange register. The sup~rvisor of system interactions which, with *he system unit hardware, executes the above-described interactions within the machine is a part of the software of the general-purpose computer communications system. It consists of two parts: the software of tHe base Elektronika-60 computer and the system software. In addition to the supervisor of system interactions the _ system software includes a set of control programs that organize the func- tioning of the general-purpose computer communications system as a single system. ~ Let us consider several important aspects of use of the general-purpose com- puter communications system. 1. Parallel programming. The problem of writing parallel programs for the proposed general-purpose system can be done either manually or using an automatic unit for breaking programs into para11e1 parts and cross-translators based on large computers. This is because the Elektronika-60 does not now ~ have adequate memory volume to store parallel translators. Later, as the assortment anci capacity of peripheral units expands, the paralleling func- tions c_an be assigned to the controlling elementary machine itself. 2. Loading a parallel program in the system. In the simplest case the branches of Che parallel program can be loaded separately in each of the ele- mentary machineW of the subsystem. However, this solution is too labor- intensive and unreliable. Therefore, at the present time the computer as- - sembler language is expanded with operators that describe the parallel f eatures of the program. The program is fed to the controller in the language of the parallel assembler, after wh~.ch all functions related to translation and adjustment of the subsystem and distribution of branches are performed by the operations system of the controller. 3, Monitoring and diagnosis. If one of the elementary machines of the sub- system goes down during the process of solving a complex problem the controller refers to the reconfiguration programs ttiat are part of the operati_ons system - of the base elementary machine. After reorganization of the configuration either a new subsystem is formed or the branches of the parallel program are redistributed among working elementary ~achines. As a result, problem 96 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR OF~'ICIAL USE ONLY solving continues, although at a slower speed. Where reorganization of tl�: conf iguration is not possible, the controller stops the problem-soZving ~ process and prints out an appropriate message, switching to diagnostic pro- grams. The abili~y to reorganize tiie configuration makes the general- ~ purpose computer communications system more reliable and gives it greater - survivability than an individual computer. - 4. Specialization. It is possible to speciaiize the general-purpose computer communications system in solving particular problems,for example _ the problem of controlling the switching center. In this case the system of commands of the base computer can be supplemented by installing large _ i.ntegrated circuits of permanent memory with microprograms for performance of user commands on the panel of the central processor. The peripheral equipment can be connected to the computer channels through appropriate controllers. In conclusion we will nc?te that the principles on which the general- purpose computer communications system we have described was built may also = be used to build such syst2ms with other types of structure, for example ~ . matrix structure. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Yevreinov, E. V., "Homogeneoue Computing Systems and Media," in "Vychislitel'nyye Sredstva v Tekhnike i Sistemakh Svyazi" ~Computer Equipment in Engineering and Communications Systems], Moscow, 1978, _ Vyp 3, pp 3-16. - 2. Yevreinov, E. V., and Kosarev, Yu. G., "Odnorodnyy~ Universal'nyye Vychislitel'nyye Sistemy Vysokoy Proizvoditel'nosti" [Hemogeneous Com- puting Systems of High Productivity], Novosibirsk, Nauka, 1966. 3. Yevreinov, E. V., and Lopato, G. P., "The Minsk-222 General-Purpose ~ Computing System," in "Vychislitel'nyye Sistemy" [Computing Systems], Novosibirsk, Nauka, 1966, Vyp 23, pp 13-20. ~ 4. "Homogeneous Computing System of Minimachines," in "Vychislitel'nyye Sistemy" [ Computing Systems], Novosibirsk, Nauka, 1972, Vyp 51, pn 127-145. ' S. Khvostantsev, M. A., "Homogeneous Microprocessor Computing System for Controlling Integrated w'ark," dissertation for the candidate of techn- nic~l sciences degree, Moscow, 1977; USSR Ministry of Higher and Secon- dary Specialized Education, Moscow Power Institute. COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Svyaz."', 1980 [74-11176] 11,1.76 CSO: 1363 ~ 97 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY. APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-0085QRQOQ3Q0100033-1 FOR OFF'I~IAL USE ONLY UAC 621.391:534.4:691.3:51 RECOGNITTON OF GRAPHIC AND SOUND SIGNAI,S Kiev RASPOZNAVANIYE GRAFTCHESKIKH T ZWKOVYI~i STGNALOV in Russian 1979 signed to pzess 28 Nov 79 pp 2, 101, 71-81 [Annotation, table of contents and excerpts from collection of papers, Kiev Insti- - tute of Cybernetics, 400 copies, 105 pages] [Text] New results are presented in the area of the automatic understanding of . continuous speech, of the statistical theoxy of recognition and of the economical - assignment of great numbers of images and speech signals by means of gra~nars. A descript~on is given of a complex of programs for analyzing and recognizing voice signals, of an algorithm for determining the poles of a voi~~e signal in real ti~ae, of experiments on the recognitian of difficult-to-distinguish machine- _ written characters, and of comparative results of using various methods of ana- logy in the area of the recognition of sound signals and images. CQ:TTENTS Page Vintsyuk, T.K. "Automatic Understanding of Speech in Oral Dialogue with ` a Computer" 3 Shlezinger, M.I. "Theory of Ambiguity in Non-Bayes Problems of Recognition" 21 Shlezinger, M.I. "Additional Curollaries of the Theory of Ambiguity in Non-Bayes Problems of Recognition" 36 Lyudovik, Ye.K. "Algorithm for Determining the Poles of a Voice Channel in Real Time" 47 Shvartse, G., Shenbern, B. and Frittssh, K. ""Use of the Method of Recogniz- ing Written Characters for Dist~nguish3r..g the Letters 'Z' and 'E' [in Cyr31- lic]" 56 Vintsyuk, T.K., Gavrilyuk, O.N., Kulyas, A.I. and Shinkazh, A.G. "Complex of Programs for Processing and Recognizing Voice Signals " 71 _ Lyudovik, Ye.K. "Experiments on the Phoneme-by-Phoneme Recognition of Words from Predi.ction Parameters" gl 98 FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-0085QRQOQ3Q0100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Kameneva, T.P. "Trans~ormation o~ ~o~Dimensional Gra~misxs ~n So~ving ~xobl.ems of Recognition" 86 Khomentovskaya, T.V. and Chentsov, R.A. "Digital Tnc:icator oi~ L3quf.d--Hel~um ~ Temperatures" 98 UDC 621.391:534.4:681.3.06:51 Vintsyuk, T.K., Gavrilyuk, O.N., Kulyas, A.T. and Shinkazh, A.G. Complex of Programs for Processing and Recognizing Voice Signals _ A system for the phoneme-by-phoneme rpcognition of speech has been in operation since 1973 at the ~lcrainian SSR Academy of Sci.ences Tnst3.tute of ~pbernet~cs. _ Training and speech recognition algorithms form the basis of the system's problem- oriented softwa.re. The camplex of. programs realizing these algorithms includes programs for preliminary processing of the voice signal, for training and supple- - mentary training, and for the recogniti.on of individually pronounceable arords and phrases run together. These basic ~rograms are used together with systems programs for input-output of a voice signal and for displaying the reaults of recognition on a lit display. Th.e structure of the program cumplex is illustrated in the _ figure [not reproduced]. The sqstem has been created on the basis of the BESM-6 computer. The complete training pracess for a dictionary numbering 200 words with a five- time pronunciation of each word require~ about four hours of machine time on the BESM-6. ~ Twenty-two K~bytes are required for storing in the computer's main memory an SFI [standard data file) designed for the recognition of 500 words. Twelve K bytes of - memory are required for producing a primary description of a voice signal two seconds long. - The duration of operation of the recogiiition algorithm is approximately proportional to the size of the dictionary used at a given moment as we11 as to the length of the reaiization of the wor.d to be recognized. A one-second realization of a word ' is recognized in 0.4 s with a dictionary with a size of K= 50 wozds , in 0.8 s - with R= 100 , in 2 s with K= 200 and in 7 s with K= 500 . For producing a primar~ description of the .~ne-second realization of a voice signal 0.3 s is re- quired. Thus, if the size of the dictfonary equals K< 100 , the recognition of - individually pronounceable speech words wtth a BESM-6 compu�ter is performed prac- tically in real time. The result is displayed in text form on the computer's display panel. The reliability of the recognition of individually pronnunceable words equals 98 percent for a dictionary of 500 words and 96 percent for a dict3onary of 1000 words. Tn the recog~ition o~ continuoue speech from a dictionary of 200 words three percent of errors wa~ produced for w~rds in phrases and seven percent of - failures in the recognition of individual o�ords in phrases. s9 FnR nFFif iAi, ii,CF' (1Ni V � APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 F~OR OFFICIAL USE ONLY The programs a~e written 3.n k'ORTRAN and T~DI,EN. The parameters o# the s~*stem ~ox the phoneme-bp--phoneme recog;n:l.t~,c:; o~ ~peech axe such that it can be ~mplemented w:tth mini- or microcomputers w3tr~,3 speed on the order of one million operatfons o~ the ~u~uation type p~r second and a main me~tArp on the order of 64 K bytes. COPYRIGHT: Tnstitut kibernetiki, 1979 _ (s2-ss3i~ ~ 8831 ~ CSO: 1863 100 FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY unc 6z-529:535~37 RAMAN SPECTROMETER CONTROLLID BY AN ELII{TRONII{A-100I MINI-!_'�QMPiJTER Novosibirsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4, Jul-Aug 80 pp 46-51 [Article by V. A. Gaysler, E. Ye. Dagman, A. R. Keyayn and A. S. Terskov, Novo- sibirsk] - [Excerpts~ In the present work a typica.l application of computers in spectroscopy is examin~d--the separation of signal ~`rom noise. An installation is described which ena.bles optimizing in real time the process of measurement of Raman sca.ttering, one created on the basis of the DFS-24 monochroma- tor, the Elektronika-100I ,nini-computer, a photon counting system a,nd a coupling = and control unit, realized ~rith use of principles and designs of the CAMAC standard. Shown on Figures 2 and 3 are a structural diagram and voltage diagrams which explain the working principle of the installation. Figure 4 presents an algorithm for con- trol of data collection and of the installation as a whole. The sample to be inves- tigated is irra,diated by a las~r bea.m modulated in intensity. The component of _ sca.ttered light separated by the monochroma.tor impinges on a photoelectronic mul- tiplier. We used the ~tr-79, cooled by Tiquid nitrogen vapors. ~ The des~ribed installation was used by us to investigate little-studied weak Rama,n lines in HgI2. Shown on Figure 5 is a section of the Raman spectrum of HgI2 excited by a He-Ne laser. The required precision was 10 percent in the experiment, The upper curve was obtained by means of a computer-aided installa.tion. The informa.tion a~cumu}ation time was 35-40 s in the re~ion of the weak Raman lines of 4~9! ~ and 64 cm- and 4 s near the maximum of the strong line 112 cm-1. The lower curve was written manually with a time constant of 10 s(the maximum time constant of photon counting). Tha.t integration time, as is evident from the figure~ is insufficient for reliable detection of weak Raman lines. In the region of the ma,ximum of the line 112 ~m 1 the integration time is excessive. BIBLIOGRAPHY l. Liflyandchik, B. I.y Sergeyev, D. V., and Trilesnik, I. I. The present status and prospects o~ use of computer teehnology in optical spectruin instrument- making. OMP, 1978, No 5, PP 62-68. 2. Yok eta~ T., Takagi, Y., and Shigena.ri, T. Di~ital control of a Rama.n spectro- meter by a sma.ll computer and its applica,tion to soft mode spectroscopy. JAPAN JOURN.9L OF APPLIED PHYSICS, 1978, Vol 17, No 9, pp 1643-1650. 101 F(1R nT~7rrnT rTCF nrrrv APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 1 2~"'~;~ ~ - ~i'vr>>n~o;~~ - ~,'~~~;~~~,~a:~ _ . . ~5( ' r~ - - f:~..,,; ~ ~:.;.uc;, . . ~ ....._"_J Q G;vr~r.xp~;,:dircE~ m ~ I ~r, yc..~..~,J' - ~ ..�.~~~::a~~~c.: , ; Y'Y '~~1Gf/11'~xu^ii J `-T--�-'- -~1-' ^ .-L~--- - 1'C. .,;u,r:..-,^[,,~.~r-i ~ ~':eep u,e;e/+ ~.v.~~,:~a- ~E'1T141:H .~~naxr L ,r;,^ ,e.r� ~ J ~ L_ ~'~.^,p ~ 1 1 ~c...-_. . i ( + ~ 1 .+'c~ucm an~, r~r,~,~;c ~ i ~ ~ ~ a..ioo~ ~~r-~~ - Figure 2. Structural diagram of the insta.llation 1-- Laser 11 Z'imer 1 2-- Integrated circuit 12 Timer 2 3-- Modulator 13 SI generator ~ Sample 14 Counter 1 5-- Photoreceiver 15 Counter 2 6-- Monochromator 16 CAMAC main line ~ 7-- Photoelectronic multiplier 17 SP-3 8-- Differential-amplitude discriminator 18 E-100I 9-- Time ba,se control 19 PL-150 10 Ma,tching and control circuit 20 Consul-2~ 3. Niemczyk, T. M., and Ettinger, D. G. A computer-controlled photon counting spectrometer for rapidly scanning low light level spectra. APPLIED SPECrRO- scoPY, 1978, vo1 32, rto 5~ PP ~50-~53. 4. Zaydel', A. N., Ostrovskaya., G. V., and Ostrovskiy, Yu. I. Tekhnika i praktika spektroskopii (Spectroscopic Equipment and Pra,ctice). Moscow, Nauka, 1976. ~ ` 5. Baranova, I. ll., and Lagutin, V. I. Spectrum registration errors caused by the discreteness of informa.tion removal in spectr~photometers. OMP, 1978, No 5, pp 75-76� COt'YRIGHT: Izda.tel'stvo "Nauka", "Avtometriya", 1980 [71A-2174~~ 2174~ - cso: 1863 io2 . , APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY , unc 681. 3 . 02 II,E~{TRONIKA-60 CAMAC SYSTEM Novos~.birsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4~~ Jul-Aug 80 pp 42-46 [Article by M. N. Bukha.rov, V, M. Bukolikov, A,. N. Bystavkin, a. Ya. Oleynikov, - L. Z. Pososhenko, V. N. Strel'nikov, V. A. Timofeyev and N. A. Tikhomirov, Moscow~ [Text~ At present a number of directions are being intensively developed in the , areas of physics, geophysics and other axeas of science connected with investiga- - tions of radio wave propaga.tion, and also with the use of inethods of radiophysics to study the properties of the environment. A cha.racteristic feature of such in- ~ vestigations is ~rowth of the role of radiophysical experiments which, as a rule, are conducted in expeditionary conditions. A distinctive feature of expeditionary radiophysi.cal experiments is the need to register and process large volumes of ~ information. Until recently, most often in the course of expeditionary radiophy- sical experiments the infbrmation t`rom the measurement converter outiputs was regis- ' tered on different ca,rriers (ma.in].y in analog form) and the conversion into digital form and processin~ on a computer were accomplished in stationary computer centers. The effectiveness of investigations in such ca.ses has prover~ to be low in view of ~he imp~ssibility of rapid analysis of data and regulation on the basis ~f its re- sults of the conditions under which expeditionary radiophysical experiments are conducted, and also technica,l and programming difficulties in data input into the computer for processing. To intensify and increase the effectiveness of expeditionary radi ophysica,l experi- ments it is necessary to provide investigators with the possibility of accomplish- ing directly under expeditiona,ry conditi~ns some typea of preliminary processing and ma.xima.lly simplxfying operations on further data processin~. The present work ha.s the goa.l of developing a standard3zed system suitable for the automa.tion of a br.oad class of expeditionary radiophysical experiments. T o achieve _ that goal, in the first stage the task of determining the characteristic require- ments for such a system ha.s been set. It is evident tha.t the specifics of expedi- ~ tiona.ry radiophysica,l experiments advance as the most important requirements from = the point of view of operation of the system those of compactness, small weight, low power consumption and simplicity of servicing. No provision was made for sa.tisfaction of special requirements for work in special expeditionary conditions , (high air humidity and temperature, level of vibrations~ etc), as most in-restiga- tibns toward which the described developments are directed are done in conditions close to those in the laboratory. ' 103 Fl1R l1FFT('TAT. TTSR l11JT.Y t: APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-0085QRQOQ3Q0100033-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY To determine the functional possibilities of the system, an analysis was ma.de of 11 fairly var~.ed expeditionary radiophysical experiments. The results of the analysis are summed up in the table. In explanation, let us note the following. The rates of arrival of informa.tion were considered by starting from the requiremen ts for precision of approxima.tion of continuous signals by discrete selections. The vo1- umes of information were estima,ted from the maximum experimental cycle length (in various ca.ses, tYie latter amounts to fractions of a second to da.ys) . By prima,ry processing is understood. processing under expeditionaxy conditions. It can be ac- complished both on a real time scale and in the intervals between cycles (operative ~ processing~. The requirement of secondary processing of registered informa,tion actually means a need to accomplish registration in a form permitting informatien input into fairly power~l computers (of the class of the M-4030, Ye5-1030, etc) at stationary computer centers. - Starting from the results of analysiso one ca,n readily formulate the requirements = for the system and synthesize a standardized structure on the basis of which it seems possible to automate expeditionary radiophysical experiments of a broad range. If we take into account the principal types of data processing under expeditionary conditions (see table,exp.~t ~0~, we can conclude that the system must include a digital calculator with a main store with a ca.pacity of over 4 Kbytes and a fairly well daveloped software. (The requirement for the ma.in storage capacity flows, in particular, from the need to accomplish statistica.l treatmen~ of the type of calcu- lation of slightly shifted energy spectrum estimates.) It is most advisa,ble now to use the "Elektronika-60" sma,ll computer as such a calculator [1]. It is evident tha.t input analog signa,ls from several sources in a system must be converted into digital form. Therefore it is necessary~to introduce an analog- digital converter and an analog-signa,l commutator into the structure of the system. In view of the fact that in the main the da.ta. processing is statistica,l, the maximum reduced value of the quantizing error in level must not exceed 0.5-1 percent. Such an error is assured by a.n analog-digital converter with 7-8 digits. In that case the commutator must have normalized precision cha,racter'istics which can be taken into coi:sideration during processing. It is evident from the table (see .expt 1k) tha,t for analog-di gital converters the necessa,ry conversion time ia 5-6 microsec- onds. This is important for rapidly proceed.ing expeditionary radiophysical experi- ments (for example, No 4~~, and also relatively slow expeditionary radiophysical ex- periments (for example, Nos 8 and 10, where ~he precision of calculations of cross- correlation f~znctions, obviously, is critica,l towaxd relative shifts of selections. ~ Correspondingly the commutator must have a high speed (a commutation frequency of 1 at least 200 kHz). 1 ~ Another requirement for tkze system is assuring the possibility of coupling regis- ~ tered data with signals of a single time system. For tha,to synchronization equi.p- ment must be used in the system. _ In addition, the system must provide the possibility of registering information with a volume of 16-18 Mbytes per session in the YeS computer format (see table~ experi- ments 5 and 8), for which registration equipment of the type of digital magnetic tape stora,ges are needed. , 10~+ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-0085QRQOQ3Q0100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY` " ~ ~ c $ i�~a ~ F ~ >,,g, ' + =c 'r ~ ~ .g~ ee ~o ~ - n ~ Q C ~ ' " ~'o E.�+ d ~ ~ ~x F z . � x - .iti ~ r~+-- - v .~Q. r~-F- ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - ~ . ~ - - ~ 2 c - ' ~r ~ ~ =c. T ~C ~U ~ ~ ~ R,` ~ G~ a ~ S-~ ~ I = o o ~ i= j ~ q o` S o 4-~ 4-+ N r x _ c. - a m FI O~ xa ~ ~o ~ F, F 7~ pi U q L% - ~ J V x CJ V �n N 4-I O U ~ t~p ~ - ~ U G- C.~ " cd ~ ~ ca+d ~I ~ O~ v ya N a-~ I - _ ~ ~ - - O I rl ~ ~ ~ri ~-I ~ ' ~ C+ C 0. Z' ~ ~ t~ll ~rl ri ~ 9 ~ = - o e ^ o ~ o - ~ : c~ v~ a~ ~ ~ ~ - t~ r - ~ - ~ ~ c ~ o ' ~ o N ~ ~ O U ~ ~ ~r ? r,s., , I , ~ ~ ~O cd ~ i~ ~ S." c~3 r-I N - - - O ~ ~T ti ,-i ~ a ~ ~ F U 4-i ~ rr~~ ~ ~ O ~ ~ - ' f-I i. h s o N,re,, ~ s> T s v ~ a a U ~,N p(d f-I F-I S".. -N -I~ ~ c 'u� ~ N L: -N ~ cd Pi V ~ '.T~. r, ~ - - - -I-- ~I V~ ,i ~ U1 r-I c3 ~r~l _ ~rl O.rl F-I ri ri rl rl F-I ~1 ~ ,4_a AZ~-IP,A>Pq[~C7Pi F q . a 6 ~ P~.'~Jp,~T,4S RJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ( ( ~ ~ ~ ~ ' - ~ ~~~~c~~ ~ � o ~ � � w w w w ~ 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I I a~nL hv=~00m ~ _ ~ - - _ - - - - - r~ (~t ~ ul ~O L` 00 O~ O rl r-I - ~ = ~ - O � zcr t- ~ " ~ r, ~ _ ~ iz=L ' ~ : a ~ ~ : a w ' ~I ~ C~ a= , , N �vi rd ~ F - . c ~ c ~ f-I f-I ~ c:~ n ~ Ul'~ ~ c`� c p p p O S G o~,R'.~. O ~ O M O S ~ O O G ~ r~i ~ 4~ t, p t7 ~ O O O fL) N x ~ ~ N L.'' fi ri ~ ~-~~c c~' w _ �r-~ ~ m N r : ~ ~ ~ r~i b ' ~ ~ S ' ~ ~ U (J] ~ ~ ~ - ' ' 'o `~u j c ~1 N ~ ~ ~ c ~ s~; cc o o p~i ^ p c N N i~ N� p ofo~ c~i o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :D ~ ~ ~ a~~ NP�~ - o e ~ 40 U~ 4-I ~I rd Ki U~ ~ ~ ~ Ki N F-I U~ Av e c o0 ~ N mi N�ri ~ f-I ~ r ~ rL U 4 ~ A ^ a~i ~ G o ~ ~ fa ~ ~CI F-I f-I �Qi (d ~ ~ F ~ ~ ~ UI ~ i.~ ~ ~ ~ - ~ p r~ ~ cd N h0 ~I 40 m fd . ~ r p ~ ' ~ ~"i ~U~ ~ ~ �~I ~rl ~1 ~ri r1 ~ r, ~ f~..{ r R ~ O O~' a U) ~'a ~1 p 4 m ~ - ~ y rl C.' r-I �-I �rl V] �rl UJ (!1 O cd U7 4-I N p1 N N N .e~CZ 6~ .3 GX a~ Q~' ~-~F~~i ~ O N a o - a o ~ a r� i-I i-I f-I ~~I ti F-1 4-t ~ ` p r a q H O~ i-I O(-~ O pi O ~ ~ ti o c m o o � a o : ~ O 4-1 ~I td 4-+ ~�rl F-I ~ U q x c c~ K o F r{ o ~ '~a W y~ ~ r~ ~ ~O ri ~ - - - �ri 4-I N-I 40 cd F~3-I ~1 O ~4i ~ ~4i ~~~Ci H ~-F ~ F o N O ~ ri ~~S~-I ~ .r C+'~ .f V' N c: N d' . U~ f-I O�N N~S-I a N ~ ti i ~ ~ p~~ ~1~-I r-~1 V ~-1 N QI ~ ~ ~ j ~ W s` O VI t!1 ff1 Ul ~~-I p . tA W'ZE-~H~HHHH W U ~ ~ I I I 1 I I I 1 I v c ~ c c m �r ~o co r oo a o ~ I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 ~x, ~W UA W WC7xH~ x io5 FOR 0~'FICIAL USE ONLY , APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY (Continuation of Table~ = OPB processing in real time 00 operative spectrum processing P-- determination of the distribution law~ calculation of dispersion and md,the~ ma,tic~.l expectatiQn BK calculation of cross-correlation functi ons GT calculation of current spectrum - C calculation Finally, an important requirement in the system is the possibility of vlsualization - ~in graphic and~or alphanumeric form) of the results of processing or the data them- selves, ~btained in the course of the expeditionary radiophysica,l experiments. Visu- alization in gra,phic form ca,n be accomplished by conve~ting digital data into analog form with the use of a digital-analog converter, with subsequent output to cathode- ray tubes, automa.l;ic recorders~ etc. ' Selected as the basis for realization of the system was ~ programmable mxlular CAMAC apparatus, the merits and distinctive features of which are widely known ~2~. On the basis of the CAMAC apparai;us a standardized system which satisfies the above rPquirements is readily realized. Needed in tha.t ca,se first of all are the follow- ing types of functional modales: rapi~ analog-digital converters, a commutator, di~ital-analog converters and a synchronizati on module. Also necessary is a module for ma,tching magnetic tape stores of a specific type with the CAMAC ma.in line. The possibilities of the system with respect to data processing in real time are greatly expa,nded if the small computer is maximally relieved of f~nctions of control of data _ collection and regiJtratior.. For that purpose the small computer can be connected to the crate through input and output registers and data. collection and processing programs are accomplished by the apparatus through use of an autonomous controller and permanent stora.ges [3]. The necessa.ry series of CAMAC-operations is accom- plished by the autonomous controller through readout of the corresponding instruc- tions from the permanent storage and their tra.nsmission to the CAMAC main line. In tha,t case logica,l bi~.irca.tions and transitions axe possible in the algorithm. The organization of tha.t structure thus requires also permanent storage modules, an autonomaus controller and input and output registers. Infcrma.tion can arrive at the visua.liza,tion device from the ca.lculator's main store. However, often, for exam~le during data output with regeneration to a ca,thode-ray tube, it is more a.dvantageous to use external storages (a CAMAC module) . In addi- tion, such a storage device permits buffering of data during its collection on mag- netic tape. ~In accordance with these considerations the structure of a standardized system for the automation of expeditionary radiophysica.l experiments on the ba.sis of the CAMAC a.ppax~atus has been developed and an experimental model created (see figure~. The realized system is constructed on the ba.sis of a CAMAC crate equipped with sets of modules produced b.y the Special Design Bureau of the Institute of Radio Engineerin~ and Elec~ronics, USSR Aca.demy of Sciences (l~ an autonomous programmahle crate cont-roller, (2~ a permanent storage, (3~ a storage module, (4~~ a synchronizer-timer~ (5) an analog-digital converter, t = 2.5 microseconds, 8 bits, (6) a semiconduc- tor commutator (7~ a commutator ccntrol re~'ster, a two-cha,nnel digital-analog 1a6 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIEIL USE ONLY 1 KAn 2 n3y 03Y-I 10 _ c~r - t cueHO~o~ c E a A-- CAMAC main line 1-- autonomous programmable crate controller Y AK-K3 2 permanent storage ~ 11 3 storage ;nodule a MKn ANanoeoeo~e 4~ synchronizer-timer Y ru2Hano~ 5 analog-digital ece~verter o Py~,_2 6-- semiconductor commutator ~ 12 7-- commutator control register ~ K ycmpol~cmeaM 8-- two-channel digita,l-analog converter ~ 2~'~~ 8 eu3yonusaccuu 9-- ma,gnetic tape store interface HHmep- 13 HM11 10 single-time system signals ~ r~eucHMfl Pr-~oS-~ 11 analog signals 12 to visualization devices t2/24 13 PT-105-1 ma,gnetic tape store 14 "Elektronika-60" small computer 305 MuKpo-3BM �3neKmpo?+u- 350 Ka-60" converter, and products of the "Polon" ~;ssociation (Poland): the 305 (input regis- ter~, 350 (output register~ and 12~24 (auxiliary module to provide the crate main line with a feed volta.ge of � 12 V, and also an interface module of a ma,gnetic tape store in model format. Data are registered on PT-105-1 magnetic tape stores (of Polish origin), which per- mits recording up to 20 Mbytes on a single ma,gnetic tape in a YeS computer forma,t _ with a density of 8 or 32 bits~mm. The great dema.nd for an automa,tion system of the described type makes it necessary - to organize its series production, BIBI,IOGRAPHY - l. Bukha.rov, M. N. , V;~stavkin, A. N. , Morenkov, A. D. , et al. The use of the - "Elektronika-60" small computer with CAMAC apparatus in s.ystems for automa- tion of experiments. In the books Avtoma,tizatsiya nauchnyich issledovaniy na osnove primeneniya EVM (Automa.tirn of Scientific Investigati.ons on the Basis of - Computers~ . (Summaries of Reports~ . Novosibirsk, Izd. Inst,itute of Automa.tion and Electrometry, Siberian Department~ USSR Aca.demy of SciFnces, 1979� , 107 F(1R (1~'FTrTAT. iTCF (1NT.Y APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 2. Vinogradov~ V. I. Diskretnyye informa.tsionnyye sistemy v nauchnykh issledo- vaniyakh (Discrete Information Systems in Scientific Investigations). Moscow~ Atomizdat, 19?6. ~ 3. Vinnichenko, V. S., Oleynikov, A. Ya.~ Pankrats, Ye. V., et al. Autonomous con- trol of experimental equipment executed in the CAMAC standaxd. In the book: - Struktura, tekhnicheskiye sredstva i organizatsiya sistem avtomatizatsii nauch- ~ nykh issledovaniy (Structure~ Technical Facilities and Organization of System~s for Automa,tion of Scientific Investigations). (Ma,terials of Tenth All-Union School for Automa.tion of Scientific Investigations). Leningrad, izd. LIYaF, . 1977. 4. Moduli sistem avtoma,tizatsii na.uchnogo eksperimenta v standa,rte KAMAC (Modul~s of Sys~ems for Autc~mation of Scientific Experiment in the CAMAC Standa.rd). Cata.log of Prospectuses. Moscow~ Izd. Specia_l Design Bureau~ Institute of Radio Engineering and Electronics, USSR Aca.demy of Sciences, 1975� COPYRIGI~P: Izdatel'stvo "Nauka"~ "Avton~etriya", 1980 [71A-2174 ] 2174 csos 1863 l08 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ~ NETWORK CONFIGURATION OF COLLECT NE-USE COMPUTER CENTERS Riga SETEVAYA ARKHITEKTURA VYCHISLTTEL'NYKH TSENTROV KOLLEKTIVNOGO POL'ZOVANIYA in Russian 1980 signed to press 20 May 80 pp 7., 45 [Table of contents from book '�Network Configuration of Collective-Use Computer Centers", by Eduard Aleksandrovich Yakubaytis, Institut elektroniki i vychislitel'noy - tekhniki AN LatvSSR, 600 copies, 45 pages] [Text ] Contents Page Standard Configuration of Collective-Use Computer Centers.................. 3 Network Configuration of Collective-Use Computer Centers 6 Logic Structure of Collective-Use Computer Centers 13 Communications Complex 27 Conclu~ions 38 Dictionary of Terms 39 Bibliography 44 - COPYRIGHT: Institut elektroniki i vychislitel'noy tekhniki Akademii nauk Latviyskoy SSR, 1980 [8044/0524-6521] 6521 CSO: 8044/0524 la9 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFF IC IAL US E ONLY ' - N ETW ORK C ONF IGURAT I01V OF C OLLECT IVE-US E C OMP'[JTER CENTERS Riga SETEVAYA ARKHITEKTURA VYCHISLITEL�NYKH TSENTROV KOLLEKTIVNOGO POL'ZOVANIYA in Russian 1980 signed to press 20 May 80, 45 pages YAKUBAYTIS, EDUARD ALEKSANDROVICH, Institute of Electronics and Computing Technology, Latvian SSR Academy of Sciences � [Abstract] The standard configuration of collective-use computer centers is compared to the network configuration of these computer centers. The advantages of the net- work configuration are compared to the disadvantages of the standard configuration. Network conf iguration provides each user terminal with access to the resources of several operating computers; the load on the communications channels is relieved and the reliability of information processing is enhanced; information can be transmitted among all user stations of the collective-use computer center; there is the possibil- ity of communicating with the resources of other computer centers. A communications system ,based on the SM-4 minicomputer has been developed and network configuration of eollective-use computer centers has been tested. Collective use of the resources of ~eS EVS [Unif ied computer system] and SM EVM [International small computer sys em] machines and communications channels is highly efficient in the network conf iguration. Processes related to storage, transmission and processing of infor- mation can be changed qualitatively with extensive use of network configuration and a hierarchical state network of computer centers can be developed. [8044/0524-6521] - 110 � FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 run urrl~ir~ u~r. vivL~ ERPERIMENTAL COMPUTER NETWORK OF THE LATVIAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCES - Riga EKSPERIMENTAL'NAYA VYCHISLITEL'NAYA SET' AKADEMII NAUK LATVIYSKOY SSR ~ in Russian 1980 [Article: "Experimental Computer Network of the Latvian Academy of Sciences"] [Text] The experimental computer network (EVS) of the Academy of Sciences af the Latvian SSR is a multicomputer hierarchical computing association integrating com- puters specialized with respect to structure and software into a unified sy~tem making 1 equipment and software available ior the collective use of academy scient:Lsts. The EVS has been created in pursuit of two basic objectives: 1. the conduct of scientific studies in the area of computer network architecture; 2, the construction of a base for an academy-wide system for automating scientific researc.h . ~ The diagram shows E"S architecture as of October 1980. The logic structure of the computer network comprises two basic types of elements: systems (multilPvel, hierar- chical groups of programs) and the physical links connecting them. The EVS consists of operating, terminal, dispatching and communication systems. Each one of these is realized in one or in several computers. The operating systems determine the basic data-handling and computational resources of the EVS. These systems are realized in the YeS [unified system]-1033/1, YeS-1033/2 and YeS-1030-2 computers. The operating system comprises the OS 4.1 standard operating system and the KROS system program, to which are added a logic interface converter and a transport unit. ~ The KROS program plans the computing operations: - increases computer productivity; - - automates a number of computer operator functions; - expands computer capacity (ordering tasks, controls job flow...); - reduces resource requirements; - feasibility of remote job input/output. The logic interface converter makes possible the interaction of operations executed within the YeS EVM [unif ied computer system] with the network. The transport unit _ control~ the link-up of these operations via virtual (logic) channels of the EVS. The dispatching systam is operated by the set of DISPETCHER 1.7 programs, which: 111 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - controls data flows through local input/out~ut units (printers and key-punch machines); - receives jobs from termizal-system users; - converts formats and codes; ~ monitors accuracy of incoming data and reinterrogates in case of error; - buffers messages an magnetic disk in external storage; - selects the operating system to be used in executing successive jobs and trans- fers jobs to it; ~ - stoxes jobs and Lesults of job execution in external storage; - transmits results to terminal-system users in delayed or immediate result- output modes; - scores user files on dispatching-system disk~ and transfers them to users upon demand; - collects statistical data on the operation of the computer network; - distributes jobs among several operating systems performing computational functions. - The dispatching system is used with the YeS-1030/1 computer. In case of failure or rep~.irs, its functions are transferred to the YeS-1030/2 computer. A unit not shown in the diagram performs the switching required in these instances. The communication systems operate with the SM-3/3 and SM-3/1 minicomputers, the former constituting the operational, the latter the experimental-research node of the commu- nication network. Each system provides execution of the following functions: - routes packages; - checks packages folluwing transfer via any physical channel connecting a pair of computers; - temporarily stores packages in internal storage; - keeps statistics on node operation and compiles records and documentation. ~ The dispatching and communication systems establish virtual (logic) channels within the EVS linking operations performed in the operating and terminal systems. Terminal-system operation is governed by special sets of programs used with the SM-3, SM-4, YeS-1010 and the Wang-2200 minicomputers. Each of these sets provides interac- tive job preparation, text library maintenance and interaction with YeS EVM system programs. "Data" packages specified by Recommendation X.25, approved by the riKKTT [International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative CammitteeJ, provide data exchange between oper- ating and terminal systems. The EVS.allocates virtual (logic) channels for this pur- - pose. ~ Interaction among systems within the EVS is governed by a hierarchy of protocols com- prising seven levels: 1- physical, 2- channel, 3- network, 4- transport, 5- ses- sion, 6- representational, 7- application. Parallel- (solid lines in the diagram) and series (broken lines)-connected physical channels provide the physical link-ups within the EVS. The parallel channels consist - of groups comprising 28 twisted pairs of telephone cable each. The computers are connected with these channels through adapters (A), which provide parallel (9-bit), symmetrical, semiduplex, asynchronous exchange of data between them at rates ranging from 0.2 Mbit/s (to a distance of 2000 m) to 1.5 Mbit/s (to distances of 50 m). The 112 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ` - 3~e~tu~ma~aA ~~~rrt~rtm~ei:, ~i$:� Expeximental Computer Network of the Latvian Academy of Sciences (as of October 1980) - Ec-,~~, ~c~~o3s~/~ ~ YeS-1033/1 YeS-1-33/ ~ y~Il~dl7~fi MN~l~N~ Dispatching ,=~oca1.'Y~~ devices system . . . AGOI0IZ J ~/~00~'Y ' ~6 ~~v4 Q(lCn~l�S/e~lCl~t.''A YeS-1030/~ ~ ~wcmt.~a _ i ~ ~ . I . ~ . ~ � ''~es- ~OlU ~Wang 20p EC-ffPAD FC-f!~ ANar t1b0 ~810 6dAA~6 Z?L. . ~ . C - ~�~Ri~v~t~v- . MMa~uniynr ~ H~u~c~?,wr~yvw I~6~anw,~yvA ~ A~aa~nu~ Irvcnarri,ay~~ - - . aMe;~var.~rt~ r~exauirt~v ~rr~rtw opra,uw~ taMcnxcn~y~?nw v Qe~rc~awc~ clcaw?~x~Q .~~~d Institute , 'I~S~tii~tute of Institute nstitute Institute Other of Elec- ~fi}~s~:cs~and~ of Polymer of Wood of Organic ,.Institutes tronics Po+c~1R'~~:8ttgt-. Mechanics Chemistry Synthesis ~ and Compu- - . ; ^i~e;er~ig' . 1,~,3 ter Science FOR OFFICIAL IISE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . _ l ~a c~ ~a~o~rx~r Mary~r /la~r~ut~c~oiu A~ ~,o~c~+o ~v o~ ~~aov~ . . . ~ ~ ~ ~ . - ~ eS-~3UIZ ~ C~fCI~kNi~l ~ . Uperating ~ systems ~ , . ~ . ~ . � . ~ ~ _ . ~ . ~ . i . i . . ~ ~ - ~ ~ � . , i . ~ . � � . ~ i . . CJ~l~~~ ~'p'~I~~~ ' . . SM-3 / 2 ~!!C/J'~iG~MQ � ~ Research-experimental . ~ communication system . ~ . ~CI~1~//?01'~LIbN/Yr1f~ 1 , CJy'-3f3 ~ra~rywor~rr+a~r~ i , ~ . ~ _ .-3~3 ~rM?~~C~w~t i Operational ~ I � Communication ~ System ~ ~ ' . . ~ ~ � ~ - . ~ ~ . ~ - Te~?wrMa~tb~0 'M~~~! F.C' 4dll G'!-3/S ISKRA-126 ~ . ] - - - - � - - . - ' - - � Terminal ,A,uj~~,qo~~ systems N~ /~XdY~pr~ Institu~te ~of Oth~~~exr~ - ' Electronics ~ .Institutes . . . and Computer Science llk FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONL`I channels in series are established through telephone communication channels. In ac- cordance with Recommendation X.25, they pruvide synchronous duplex data excnange at rates of up to 2400 bit/s. All channels are capable of transmitting ariy type of text ~ employing any method of encoding. The EVS is a computer network undergoing, continuous development making available ta subscribers an increasingly broad range of services. The following services wer2 available as of October 1980: - the formation of text libraries in terminal systems; - text editing in the conversational mode; - con~~ersational jo~b preparation in YeS EVM languages (PL-1, FORTRAN, ASSEMBLER, ~ - etc.); - management of local job and ~istput solution libraries; _ - storage of any texts in file storage; - planning for computational operati~ns; - fully automatic remote job input and solution output; - availability of user-selected operating systems; - zero-address job execution; - solutions stored "until ralled for;" - automatic recoding and reformatting of data transferred from one system to another; - automatic rewriting of data from one medium into another (from YeS EVM computer punched cards onto minicomputer magnetic disks); - output of information on job and solution flows through the computer network; data exchange (electronic post) between operators; - data output to auxiliary units of operating-, dispatching- or terminal-system hardware (displays, printers, punched-card output etc.). [8044/0503-8963] 3963 CSO: R044/0503 . 115 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFF1CiAL USE ONLY SOLUTION OF ECONOMIC PROBLEMS ON ISKRA-/534 MACHINES Moscow RESHENIYE EKONOMICHESKIKH ZADACH NA MASHINAKH 'ISKRA-524/534' in Russian ' 1980 (signed to press 18 Jun 80) pp 2-11 ~ ~ [Annotation, foreword and excerpt from chapter 1 of book "Solution of Economic Problems on Iskra-524/534 Machines", by Vladimir Georgiyevich Volkov, David Leont'yevich Lozentsvak and Mansur Alikbirovich Shakirov, Izdatel'stvo "Statistika", 20,000 copies, 216 pages] [TextJ The technical and operational characteristics, programming features and practical examples of using the latest models of domestic and some foreign elec- tronic billing and bookkeeping machines (EFBM) for solution of economic problems are considered in the book. Intended for specialists in mechanization and automation of accounting in various sectors of the national economy. Foreword ' Adding machine offices, the technical base of which are mainly electromechanical bookkeeping (Askota class 170) and also electromechanical and electronic billing ma.chines (Zoyemtron-382/383), are now functioning in different sectors of the na- tional economy of the USSR alang with adding machine stations and computer centers. These machines are used mainly to mechanize bookkeeping and accounting and to issue �inancial and calculating documentation with simultaneous simple arithmetic proc- essing of them. Manual operations are mainly predominate in the production process when using machines of the given class. � Improving the technology of processing accounting and economic information by means of computer equipment is one of the most important problems faced both by special- ists of this field and by developers of various types of computers. Technical progress in the fie~d of microelectronics, developments of external de- vices and conversion to the unit-modular principle of design ~f computer equipment made it passible to develop computers of this class with broader technical and op- erational capabilities. . A new class of problem-oriented minicomputers--electronic bookkeeping and billing- bookkeeping machines, which have replaced alectromechanical bookkeeping and billing machines,, has appeared recently in the USSR and abroad. One af the machines of this class is the electronic billinq-bookkeeping machine (EFBM) Iskra-524/534. 116 � FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE OP~LY Information processing on the Iskra-524/534 is based mainly on the principles of the production process of keyboard comput~rs. EIowever, the capabilities of these - machines permit one to combine and carry out the main operations in one operating cycle without using intermediate steps. The main advantages of the Iskra-`_;24/534 compared to machines of the Askota-170 and Zoyemtron-382/383 class are: _ the use of input progr4mming languaqe which permits description of the pro- ~ cedure of information proc~ssing of primary dociuner~ts in a form simiZar to natural form; the possibility of operational replacement of the programs stored on magnetic cards; the use of magnetic cards as external storage of the machine; the use of a greater number of inemory registers; operational input of normative-reference information from the magnetic card into the machine. Moreover, the distinguishing feature of these machines is the fact that they can be ins talled and used directly at the locations where information occurs and is used. The efficiency of using them is enhanced significantly in this case because operat- ing expenses are reduced significantly. This situation requires mare efficient orqanizational forms of using machines of the gxven class and also a search for new forms of constructing the production proc- esses of information processing which take into account the technical and operation- al capabilities and features of these machines. Description, analysis of the technical and operational ch aractPristics, programming ~ features and practical examples of usinq the electronic billing-bookkeeping machine Iskra-542/534 for solution of various types of accounting problems are presented in the given paper. - It is important to note that the described input programminq language for the I~kra-524/534 ti~as developed in subsequent, more improved domestic models of machines of the given class (according to GOST [State standard] 16969-78 "Bookkeeping Com- p~iters"). In this regard, development of the input language of the described EFBM facilitates the study of lanquaqe of the new Soviet Iskra-554 computer. Brief technical-operational characteristics of the mentioned computer and the Ftobotron-1720 machine produced in the GDR are also presented in the given paper. Comparison of the characteristics permits the reader to qain an idea of the quali- tatively new capacities of this class of machines. 117 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Section 1. Main Characteri~tics and Rules of Program Development BRIEF TECHNICAL-OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ISKRA-524/534 EFBM AND OTHER DO!~SESTIC AND FOREIGN MODELS OF MACHINES OF THIS CLASS 1.1. Designation and Spheres of Application of Iskra-524/534 EFBM The cor~puters under cc+nsideration beTong to the class of electronic billing-book- keeping machines. The1 are based on a microelectronic (integrated) c~mponent base and are sm~311 models of bookkeeping machines of the Iskra series. Unlike the baseline model of the Iskra-524, the Iskra-534 has been additionally outfitted with a tape perforator (type UVL 75/20-1), which permits printout of the corresponding information of punch tape simultaneously with document processing, i.e., the machine can be used in systems with hiqher level machines. The Iskra-524/534 machines are oriented main ly toward manual entry of input data. However, there is the capability of input and output of digital information on a magnetic card in these machines. Both models of EFB~4 are designed for preliminary processing of documents with a large number of graphs and a significant specific weight of storage operations. These machines are equipped with an alphanumeric printer and may be used to mechan- ize calculating onerat~ions where ~ocumen*_ processing requir~s printout of the text, calculations by four arithmetic operations, st~rage of the results of calculations _ in registers and automatic printout of the digital input data and results of cslc~i- lations on columns.of the document. The operational-technical characteristics and capabilities of the Iskra-524/534 permit one to use them for mechanized processing of accounting-economic information in large MSB [Accounting-bookkeeping machines] and small MSS [Machine calculating station] of industrial enterprises of various sectors of the national economy, the - VTs [Computer center] of TsSU [Central Statistical Administration] of the USSR, at warehouses and bases of material and technical supply and commerce. Along with this, the Iskra-534 model can also be used in ASU for information processing of primary accounting documentation with simultaneous receipt of a technical carrier-- punch tape for subsequent data processing on the computer. Complex use of the Iskra-534 as peripheral equipment with other computers makes it possible to design a data processing system which permits one: reduce the laboriousness of the perforafi ion process and checking of it, to combine this proc~ss with simultaneous development of the correspondinq output registers and preliminary arithmetic processing of documents; 118 FOR mFFICIAL USE QNLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONL1' _ to formulate pur.ch-tape entry for computers, which sigr.ificantly increases th~ rate of entry; to carry out preliminary grouping and "compression" of indicators in th~ re- quired case (as a function of the volumes and deadlines.of infc+rmation being proc- essed at the computer center); to provide the enterprise with additional data of an operational nature; to take into aacowzt in primary document processinq programs the requirements . of normative acts. The charact~ristic feature of the Iskra-524/534 is also the capability of install- ing and operating them directly in the services of enterprises. In this case the bookkeeper-accountant can work on them: he can calculate wages (preliminary process- ing of documents) with storage of data on magnetic cards during the month (for cal- culation of wages) and by months (for calculating the average wage, information on temporary incapacity and leave payments), can calculate taxes and so on. Using magnetic cards, one can compile a personnel record of the worker, information on distribution of the calculated wage by the calculating accounts (by cades of ex- penses and contracts) and payment information during the first h.alf of the month and for the month as a Grhole. ~ 1.2. Configuration, Design Features and i~~ain Technical-Operational Characteristics of the Iskra-524/534 Th~ configuration of these models is shown in Figure l. The technical-operatiional _ characteristics of ~hese machines are presented below. The central processor (TsUO) provides: entry and translation of the processing program from the input language to the internal code af the machine and recording of the translated program into the OZU [Ir.t~rnal storaqe]; reception and recording in the input register of information composed by the operator on the keyboard (10-key); processing the information entered and stored in the OZU according to a pre- viously entered program and control instructions entered by thP operator from the control keyboard; ~ control of the output devices of the machine for formation of documents de- terrnined by the program. The main a:~semblies of the TsUO are the OZU and PZU [Read-only memory]. The O ZU is made in the form of a structurally complete assembly on ferrite cores and is designed to store data and also document processing programs. Ferrite cores - provi3e retention of information by the OZU in a de-enerqized state and during switching working voltages on and off. At the same time only a single program can be stored in the OZU. The w~ord format of the OZU is four bits (tetrad), capacity is 1,024 bytes and access time is 1 microsecond. 119 = - FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FUR OFFICIAI. USE ONLY 1 2 ' � ~ 3 , i _ ~ . - ~ . , , , N j~ ~ _ , ~ ~ I ' 4 I ~ .iI ;'lllllll - ~ - ~III~ 5 Figure 1. Electronic Billing-Bookkeeping Machine Iskra-524/534: 1-- . alphanumeric printer (ATsPU) ; 2--control console; 3--punch tape output device (WL 75/20-1) with connection of informa- tion compatibility device (UIS) ; 4--recording and readout device from magnetic card (MK) ; 5--central processor (TsUO) with internal storaqe (OZU) and read-only memory (PZU) The transformer type PZU is designed to issue program information by the TsUO which provides interpretation of the input language symbols and microprogram exe- cution of instructions of the document processing program. The capacity o� the ~ PZU is 4, 096 bytes and access tirne is not more than 4 microseconds . The PZU is made structurally in the form of a functionally complete assembly. The magnetic c~rd recording and readout device (UZSNIIC) (Figure 2) is an electrome- chanical unit with elec~ronic control and is designed to record (read out) on a magnetic card program information on numerical data arriving in an eight-element code. The UZSirIIC is made in the form of a device built into the EFBM console. The information carrier outside the machine is a magnetic card (MK) (Fiqure 3) with the following mair ~haracteristics: dimensions of 90 X 50.7 mm; number cf information tracks--2; number of service tracks--1; number of surfaces for information recording--1; capability of recording information in two columns. To do this, the MK should be rotated by 180� and inserted with the other end into the device; the volume of information in one column is 128 bytes; - 12Q FOR OFF'ICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ' . the speed of the card is 0.2 m/sJ the readout (recording) time of one column of information is no more than 1 second. The alphanumeric printer (ATsPU) of type Zoyemtron-530 is designed for preliminary entry of the program into the OZU, manual printout of alphanumeric text of the dacument being processed and automatic printout of input data and the results of _ calculations. The symbol printer is sequential by using letter levers at a speed up to 10 characters per second. The alphanumeric keyPSOard of the printer is shown - in Figure 4. ~ The control console (PJ) of the machine includes a display, 10-key keyboard (DKV), control keys and is designed to display the status of the machine, to enter input data into it and to start or control the proce8ure of program execution by the operator (Figure 5). Technical-Operational Characteristics of Iskra-524/534 Name of Parameters Value of Parameters Capacity of OZU for data and program storage 1,024 bytes Nur.il~er of programs stored simultaneous- ly in the OZU 1 Format of OZU word 4 bits (1 tetrad) Maximum digit capacity of entered and Variable, up to 12 decimal places with , retrieved numbers regard to character Automatic printout and (or) perforation Variable length, only as a text constant of te:ct (alphanumeric) information of processing program Number of registers (digital) Variable, up to 253 Position of decimal in column Fixed according to program after any decimal point and number of_ characters " after decimal is up to 7 ' Number of columns in document being processed Up to 30 P~ethod of installing the printer car- riage in the corresponding columns of the document Automatic--according to program Printing speed in automatic information output mode Up to 10 characters per second Length of carriage platen of ATsPU 460 mm Maximum number of characters per line 167 Number of different characters printed manually g2 - idumk>er of different characters printed automatically 91 _ Capacity of magnetic card 256 bytes � Speed of automatic output on punch tape No less than 20 characters per second - Output codes to punch tape: ' GOST 130-52-74 With connection of recoding device (UIS), eight additional codes by order of user - 121 FOR OFFICIAL US~ ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 _ FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY Iskra-534 Without UIS, Code GOST 130-52-74 1 With UIS, Codes GOST 130-52-74, MTK-2~ and Minsk-32 Power supply voltage 220 V Consumed power 300 W Total mass Not more than 200 kilograms The punch card information output device (WL 75/20-1) provides output of digital _ " and alphanumeric information on a technical carrier in code GOST 130-52-74. The technical speed of perforation is not less than 20 characters per second. Struc- turally the punch tape output device is made in the form of a separate pedestal and is connected by cable to the central processor. Connection of an additional recoding information compatibility device (UIS) to the perforation unit perr,?its one to print out information in eight additional codes. COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Statistika", 1980 [109-6521] 6521 . CSO: 1863 , 1~?2 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICTAL USE ONLY BRIEFS OPTICAL MEMORY- Academician Glushkr~v, director of the Institute of Cybernetics in Kiev, mentions in an interview that in his institute an electron beaxn can iie used to record tlie information equiv~lent of ~ the thirt~t-voltmie Large Soviet Encyclopedia _ on an area tlie size of a matchbox label jSu~nary] [Moscr~w OGONEK 3n Russian Ido 1, 1981 p 15] EEORG--The Elektronorgtekhnika All-Union Export-Import Association (Elorg) contains _ nine specialized firms: Elorg ES - YeS computer exports; Elorg SM - SM computer exports and imports; Elorgsistema - computer systet~ i.mports; Elorgcomplekt- peripher ai. device imports; Elorgmash - office equip*.nent exports and imports; ~ Elorgintegral - active components exports and imports; Elorgcomponent - pa,ssive com- ponents exports and imports; Elorgintech - software exports and imports; and Elorgdet al - mainter.~nce and spa.re parts exportso Address: SSSR, Moskva, 121200, Smolenskaya-Sennaya pl. 32/3~+. Telephone: 24~+-11-19, Telex: 1+11385, [Excerpts] [Moscow BYULLETEN' INOSTRANNOY KOMI~IEERCHESKOY INFORMATSII in Russian 27 Dec 80 p 4] LAS~R COMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL--An experimental laser communications channel, developed by workers of the rad.io engineering laboratory at Ta.llinn Polytechnic Institute and operating at a frequency a million times greater than that of tele- vision broadcasts, now links Estonian Gosplan and Central Statistical Administration computer centers. [Summary] [Moscow SOVETSKIY VOIN in Ru;;sian No 19, 1980 p 26] REMOVABLE DISK PACK--Academician Glushkov, director of the Institu~e of Cybernetics in Kiev, has announcc-d that the Elektro Pribor factory has begun serial production of the YeS-5o66, a 100M-byte removable disk pack. [Summary] [Moscow PRAVDA in Russian 12 Nov 80 p 6] 123 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 F'OR OFFICIAL USE ONLY BULGARIAN COMPUTERS--The Bulgarian Technical Center of Electronics and Electrical Engineerin~; currently celebrating its third anniversary, is located on Pyatnitskaya Street in Moscaw. According to Victor Nikolov, the deputy director, the Center represents the Isotimpex foreign trade association in its sale of computer equipmen'~ (in particular, tapes and disks, softwaxe and dat,a-preparation devices) to the USSR. The Center tests all computers to be exported to the USSR. Bulgaria's many computer models can be seen in the display hall at the Centero [Su~ary] [Moscow MOSCOW NEWS in English No ~t~+, 1980 p 6] BUHIiARA COMPUTER CENTER--An oblast computer center has begun operation in Bukhara. A computer capable of performing 800 operations pex second has been installed. [Summary] [Tashkent PRAVDA VOSTOKA in Russian 8 Aug 80 p~+] YeS-1010, YeS-1033 COMFUTERS--The Mangyshlakneft' Association's computer center in the Kazakh SSR is equipped with YeS-1010 and YeS-1033 computers [Summary] [Moscow . EKONOMICHESKAYA GAZETA in Russian No 47, 1980 p 15] ~9o3-P] cso: i863 a 12A FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY , CONFERENCES, PER~:ONALITIES REGIO"lAL CONFERENCE ON IMAGE PROCESSING AND REMOTE INVESTIGATIONS Moscow PRIBORY I SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA in Russian No 11, 1980 p 28 [Announcement] [Text] The Central Board of Directors and the Novosibirskaya Oblast ~ard of directors of the Scientif ic-Technical Science of Radio Engineering, Electronics, and Communications imeni A. S. Popov, The scientific coordinating council on the problem "Aero- space Methods of Investigating Natural P henomena and Resources" of the Presidium of the Siberian Department of the USSR Acade~y of Sciences and The computing center of the Siberian Department of the USSR Acade~y of Sciences and the Novosibirsk Institute of Engineers of Geodesy, Aerial Photography, and Cartography Announce A Regional Conference "Image Processing and Remote Investi- tation," (OIDI-81), in Novosibirsk, in April 1981. The conference is being held in conformity with a resolution of the Central Board of Directors of the Scientific-Technical Society of Radio Engineering, Electronics, and Communications and the Presidium of the Siberian Department of the USSR Academy o~' 3~iences. It is proposed to accept reports on the f ollowing sub j ects : 1. riethods and algorithms of processing images for the pur- poses of preparing them, decoding thesn, determining - coordinates and spectra, and so on (digital, analog, dioital-analog). 2. Technical equipment for shaping and processing images: structures and assemblies of optical electronic systems, - specialized processors, multiprocessar systems, image input and output units, systems for long-distance image - transmission. ~ 125 ~ ' OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Please send report abstracts, up to two pages, in tw~o copies with appropri- ate docum~nts before 10 December 1980 to the address of the organizing com- mittee, which is as follows: 630008 Novosibirsk, Kirov Street, 86, Oblast Board of Directors of the Scientif ic Technical Society of Radio Engineering, Electronics, and Co~unications, OIDI-81. Telephone num,bers for information: 66-03-78, 43-25-66, and 65-02-65. Organizing Committee COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Mashinostroyeniye", "Pribory i sistemy upravleniya", 198Q [72-11176] ~ 11,176 CS0:1863 126 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ANNIVERSARY CONGRATULATIONS, CAREER REVIEW OF CONTROL SCIENTIST TRAPEZNIKOV _ Moscow PRIBORY I SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA in Russian I3o 11, 1980 p 17 [Article: "Congratulations to the Celebrant"] [Text] Hero of Socialist Labor Vadim Aleksandrovich Trapeznikov, academician and outstanding scientist in the ffeld of control problems, is celebrating his 75th birthday. Vadim Aleksandrovich's first works on ~ - ~ . , ~ a~' Ci',4 ~I+'~I '.,,,1 control theory go back to the late , 1930's, at whic h time he was a promi- nent electrical engineer, doctor of technical sciences, and professor. Understanding the importance of pro- _ duction automation for the national li~ economy, Vadim Aleksandrovich devoted his talent and great energy to this new field of engineering, which was - in fact taking its first steps. Looking back over his last 40 years of work, we can say confidently that he made a significant contribution to the development of control theory and engineering. If we were to try to identify the most important characteristic of Vadim Aleksandrovich's work, it would unquestionably be his constant desire to relate automation theory organically with practice, witfi pressing practical needs. He was one of the first in our country to understand the importance of de- - veloping analog computers. Under his direction and with his active partici- pation, the first machine, the EMU-1, was built in the late 1940's at the Institute of Automation and Remote Control (IAT, today the Institute of Control Problems). He was awarded the State Prize of the USSR in 1951 for this work. Becoming seriously involved with the problems of full production automation, Vladim Aleksandrovich wae already proposing broad use of the aggregate-modular principle of building automation equipment in the early 1950's. 127 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY In those years IAT and the Tizpribor Plant built one of the first systems - implementing this principle, an automated control system for pneumatic instruments. He had an active part in this, and this work played an important - rule in creation of the State System of Automation Instruments and Equipment. In the late 1950's he wrote a series of articles proposing the organization of a broad front of work to analyze and insure the reliability of technical articles. These articles stimulated research on this problem in many fields of engineering. In the early'1960's, under the direction of Vadim Aleksandrovich major multi- purpose con trol systems, the prototypes of contemporary automated control systems for industrial processes, were built. They had such typical sub- - systems as subsystems for automated monitoring, automatic protection and control in ~ergency situations, control consoles with means for compression and generalized representation of data to the human operator, and use of logical control means. V. A. Trapeznikov was awarded the State Prize of the USSR for one of the first automated monitoring systems. In the mid-1960's Vadim Aleksandrovich conducted an extremely timely and original study of the economic aspects of automation. His articles, pub- lished in the journal AVTOMATIKA I TELIIKEI~IANIKA attracted the attention of both teci~nical specialists and economists. In his articles and reports Vadi.m Aleksandrovich consistently preaches the necessity of establishing economically sound levels of automation and selecting the most efficient tasks of data processing and control for automated control systems. Vadim Aleksandrovich has devoted much effort to bringing together scientists and practical workers involved with the prohlems of automation theory and practice. If we can say confidently today that there is a Soviet school of automation, enormous credit for this goes to Vadim Aleksandrovich. Since the 1950's he has organized and headed what are unquestionably the most prestigious all-Union conferences on control problems. They are held ~ regularly every four years. In addition he has organized symposiums on timely issues of control theory. ~ For more than 20 years Vadim Aleksandrovich has lieen he3d of the National Committee of the Soviet Union on Automatic Control. Under his direction the historic f irst congress of the IFAK [possibly International Federation of Automatic Control] was organized and held in Moscow in 1960. As first deputy chairman of the USSR State Committee for Science and Technology for 14 years, Vadim Aleksandrovich made a significant contribution to improving the efficiency of scientific research in the country. _ The Ministry of Instrument Making, Automation Equipment, and Control Systems, the Central Administration of the Scientific-Technical Organization of the J Instrument Making Industry imeni Academician S. I. Vavilov, the editorial board, and editors of the journal wish Vadim Aleksandrovich Trapeznikov good health, creative successes, and inexhaustible energy. _ COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Mashinostroyeniye", "Pribory i sistemy upravleniya", _ [72-11176] 1980 11,176 - CS0:1863 128 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY PUBLICATIONS . TRAiVSLATION OF COMPUTER SECURITY BOOK Moscow SOVREI~IVNYYE METODY ZASHCHITY INFORMATSII in !iussian 1980 [Summary] This book is a cover-to-cover translation of Lance Hoffman's "Modern Methods for Computer Security and Privacy," which was published in 1977 by Prentice-Hn11, Inc ~ The work was translated by M. S. Kazarov and M. Ko Razmak~hnin, The editor is Candidate of Technical Sciences V. A. Gerasimenko, . The translation was published by Sovetskoye Radio in an edition of 12,000 copies. j12a-P~ cso: 1863 129 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY COMPUTER SECURITY AND PROTECTION STRUCTURES Moscow BEZOPASIVo6T' EVM I ORGANIZATSIYA IKH ZASHCHITY in Russian 1980 (signed to - press 27 Feb 80) pp 4-6 ' [Annotation and foreword from Russian edition of book "Computer Security and _ Protection Structures", by Bruce J. Walker and Ian F. Blake, University of Waterloo, Izdatel'stvo "Svyaz"', 5,OU0 copies, 112 pages] [Text] The book is devoted to the timely problem of providing the viability of information-computer systems, their security, protection against physical intru- sion, qualified penetration to software and also to such random threats as the ef- � fect of magnetic fields and breakdowns in equipment operation. Examples of design- ~ ing protection structures used by IBM and Fbneywell companies are given. The book is intended for enginearing an3 technical personnel specializing in the field of computer center and ASU design. Foreword to Russian Edition The development of computer equipment and penetration of it into all spheres of social activity pose problems of providing the reliability of the calculating process to developers and users of computers. The accuracy and timeliness of con- ducting banking operations, the operational nature and smoothness of transport op- eration and the rhythm and eff iciency of operation of shops and enterprises, energy systems and con�nunications systems naw depend on the reliability of hardware and software and also on the reliability of computer system service personnel. If re- liability is understood not only as the eff~ciency of the system but also its security against unsanctioned use of hardware and software and information, then violation of operating reliability may lead not only to significant material los- - ses but to extensive moral losses. Expanding the concept of reliability made it necessary to introduce a new term--computer security. Security is understood in this case as provision of the functional efficiency of the apparatus and of the program and information components of computer systems under conditions of i~nten- tional attempts (threats) to disrupt the normal functianing of these companents. The translation of the book of Canadian scientists Professor I. F. Blake and his assistant B. J. Walker, offered to the Soviet reader, is a s~rvey of the current state of the problem of the security of information-computer systems and also measures undertaken to provide security. ~130 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ruK uh~h~~c:lAL USE ONLY The book consists of three parts. In part 1"Threats," various types of dangers which threaten the system and information as a result of natural events and random and intentional violations of ASU [Automated control system] and VTs [Computer ~ center] functioning, are considered in detail. In Part 2"Protective Measures," in approaching the problem of protection in a complex manner, the authors desCribe organizational, apparatus, program and cryptographic methods and means of pro~ec- tion. In Part 3"Survey of Existing Systems," the principles of designing develop- ed protective systems are described and main attention is devoted to computers of the IBM and Honeywell companies. Problems devoted to threats inherent to Soviet activity are also considered in the book, but it will be useful for Soviet specialists to become familiar with United States experience in implementation of hardware and software protection. The material offered in the book together with the extensive bibliography, despite some recapitulation of the outline, permits a wide range of readers to become familiar with the main aspects of threats of security of computer systems and pro- tection structures for them. The book will be interesting to developers, mainten- ance personnel and users of ASU and VTs COPYRIGHT: Predisloviye, primechaniya, snoski. Izdatel'stvo "Svya z"', 1980 [109-6521] 6521 CSO: 1863 131 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY UDC 621.39:681.3 C6MP'UTER HARDWARE, SOF1'WARE ~'OR COMMCTNICATIONS Moscow VYCHISLITEL'NYYE SREDSTVA V TEKHNIRE I SISTEMAKH SVYAZT_ in Russian No 5, 1980 pp 2, 145 [Annotation and table of contents of book "Vychislitel'nyye Sredstva v Tekhnike i Sistemakh Svyazi" (Computer Equipment in Engineering and Communi- cations Systems) edited by S. D. Pashkeyev, Moscow, Svyaz', 1980, 145 pp] _ [Excerpts) Annotation Editorial board: N. I. Voronin, V. G. Dedoborshch, E. V. Yevreinov, 0. N. Ivanova, B. A. Kalabekov, V. G. Lazarev, V. M. Livshits (responsible secre- tary), I. A. Mizin, Ye. N. Sal'nikov, V. 0. Shvartsman, V. I. Shlyapoberskiy This collection of articles is devoted to current problems qf mathematical and simulation model~ng by computer of communications equipment and networks, data transmission networks, and message exchange centers. Considerable atten- tion is given to the problems of optimizing models of communication~ equip- ment and networks. The book is intended for scientific workers engaged in designing data trans- mission networks. Table of Contents Page Theoretical Issues 3 Korobitsyn, I. T., and Sobolev, V. N., "Algorithm for Forming an Intonation Curve with Unknown Noise Characteristics in the Signal Being Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Monin, A. A., "Some Areas of Formal-Heuristic Programming 12 Monin, A. A., and Sosnovikov, G. K., "One Way To Estimate the Traffic Capacity of a Message Exchange Center" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 _ Gol'denberg, L. M., and Seredinskiy, A. V., "Discretization and Restora- tion of Signals in a Spline Function Base" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 132 : FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Vasil'yev, V. K., "Reliability of a Quasielectronic AMTS Central Con- tr~l Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Pavlov, V. A., and Rhrykin, V. V., "Investigation of the Data Trans- mission Process Using the Technique of Switching Data Transmission Channels" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 CoIInnunications Computing Equipment 55 Gorokhov, V. A., "Digital Microcommutator" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Mamzelev, I. A., and Artem'yev, M. Yu., "Category Description of ~ Similar Computing Systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 � Mamzelev, I. A., Artem'yev, M. Yu., Knyazev, K. G., and Kudryashov, - V. N., "General-Purpose Communicatians Computer System" . . . . . . . 71 Gintsberg, G. S., "Analysis of Multiterminal Dialog Systems" 79 Prokhorov, Yu. N., "Synthesis of Models of Speech Signals in Computer Systems with Speech Interaction" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Software of Communications Computer Systems 91 Bel'fer, R. A., "Estimation of the Indicators of Trouble-Free Opera- - tion of Message Switching Centers in the Period Before Actual Use" . 91 Nasonov, A. Yu., "Model of Optimal Distribution of Functions in a Man-Machine System" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Vorobeychikov, L. A., "Software of an Automated Monitoring and Restoration System" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Si~nskiy, Yu. I., "Software of Quasielectronic A'.~ITS Specialized Diag- nostic System" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 - Exchange of Know-How 123 Livshits, V. M., "Synthesis of a Communications Network with Minimum ~ Route Length" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Batishchev, D. I., and Basalin, P. D., "Man-Machine System for Optimal Synthesis of Electrical Circuits" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Aleshin, V. S., "Analytical and Simulation Modeling of a Bundle of Trunk Channels of a Combined Switching Center" 133 COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Svyaz 1980 [74-11176] 11,176 CSO: 1863 133 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY COMPUTING SYSTEMS Moscow VYCHTSLITEL'NYYE STSTEMY, V'K'PUSK 1 in Russian 1980 signed to press 14 Mar 80 PP 2, 157, 8, 24, 87-88, 94 [Annotation, table of contents and excerpts from book edited by E.V. Yevreinov, Tzdatel'stvo "Statistika," 10,000 copies, 160 pages] [Text] This collection contains new results in the area of the creation of dis- - tributed and concentrated computing systems and of their utilization for automating ~he solution of er.onomic problems in various sectors of the country's nation_al economy. In the articles in this collection are discussed questions of the method- ology of designing computing systems and of technological methods of processing econom3.c information by using new computer hardware. Intended ror practical wo~kers, specialists at design organizations, scientific personnet and WZ students and technical school students. _ CONTENTS Page Fr.om the Editorial Board 3 I. Development and Improvement of Computing Systems _ Yevreinov, E.V. "The Unified Distributed Computing System; Development Problems and Prospects" 8 Pozdnyak, G.Ye. "Problem of Constructing Effective Regional Distributed Computing Systems" 25 Bushev, S.N. "Parallel Data Processing Systems in Homogeneous Computing Systems" 40 ~ Mamzelev, I.A. and Pshenichnikov, A.P. "Problems in the Des~g~r of Integrated Distributed Data Transmission, Processing and Storage Systems" 50 Vel'bitskiy, I.V. "Technology of groducing Computing System Programs" 58 Fserkovich, N.Ya., Kotarova, I.N., Maks3mov, N.S. and Shamayeva, O.Yu. "Qua~i-Distributed Computing Systems Based on Third-Generation Computers" 73 Selivanov, N.I., Zhuratkov, V.I., Mishchenko, V.K., Mel'nikov, V.I. and Kharitonov, V.D. "Distributed Computing Systems Based on Second- and Third- ' Generati~n Computers" 87 Rudzitsk3y, B.M. "Rr~lational Syatetqs; Development History and Implementation Examples" 9$ Bagayev, N.T. "Relational Systems; Language Facilities" 107 - Bibliography on the Relational Approach to Organization of Data (as o~ 1 Jul 1979) 124 131+ FOR OFFICIAL U~E ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 F~JR OFFICIAL USE ONLY z~. ~utomation and Mechan~zat~on o~ Account~,ng and Cotuput~,ng pp~xation,s - Volovich, M.A. and Ostx~vsk~y, O.kl. "Questi,ons Rel,ati,ng to the Or~;an~:zat~,on o~ the Computer Processing o~ Data Relating to the Accounting o~ fihe ~rocurement o~ Physical Assets and of Settl~nents w~th Stappl3exs" 128 Yakubova, B.A. "Aspects of gormulat3ng Problems Relating to Pxoduct~on Cost Ac~ounting" 139 - Tsigel'nik, M.A. "Some Questions Relating to the Utilization of Multikey- board Systems in Transferring Pr3mary Data to a Machine Medium" 146 Yevreinov, E.V., doctor of technica7. sciences and professor, USSR Central Statisti- cal Administratton VGPTI [All-Union State Design Technology Institute~ The Unified Distributed Computir~g System; Development Problems and Prospecta _ Key Steps in and Prospects for the Creation of the YeRVS [Unified Distributed Computing System] , - The step-by-step creation of the YeRVS is adviaablp since it makes it possible more quickly to produce a savings and to make the necessary refinements in the formula- tion of goals. The creation of the YeRVS can be divided into three steps. Step 1--the creation of operating models of the YeRVS on the basis of series-pro- duced computer and communications equipment. At this stage it is possible to create distributed computing systems (RVS's) on the basis of third-generation com- puters, minicomputers and microcomputers. Un the basis of the capabilities of the exi~ting production base it is possible to count on desi~ning RVS's with a pro- ductivity of 10~ to t08 operations per second. Two or three years are re~quired for designing RVS models. ~ Step 2--the creation of a distxibuted computing system for a rayon unit. At this stage it is possible to create a rayon unit RVS from specially developed computer and co~unications equipment with a productivity of 10~ to 109 operations per second ~ and a specific cost of C~ (CO = 0.1 to 0.01 rub~.es). Five to seven years are re- quired for this stage. - - Step 3--the transition to the mass introduction of rayon distributed computing systems and to their unification into the YeRVS. At this stage the demand of the national economy for computing re~ources can be satisfied, taking into account the forecasted specific computing capacity, V, equal to 103 operations pex second for ~ _ 1985, 10`' operations per second for 1990 ~nd 105 operations per second for 2000. Thereby it is possible to achieve a speciiic cost, C~ , equal to 0.01 to 0.001 rubles. Selivanov, N.I., USSR Ministry of Communications Central Computing Center, Zhiratkov, V.I., candidate of technical sciences, NETT [expansion unknown], Mishchenko, V.K., candidate of techn~cal science3, NETI, Mel'nikov, V.I., USSR Central Statistical Administration VGPTT and Kharitonav, V.D., U6SR Central Statistical Administration VGPTI Distributed Computing Systems Based on Second- and Third~Generation Computers 135 ~OR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFiCIAL USE ONLY Increasfng the productivity o~ ccmaput~.n~ equ~pment invo~.ves un~.t~.ng ~,t ~.nto a unified complex. pae o~ theae complexee is a diet~~3buted computing system (R'VS). The key components of a hamogeneous camput~.ng syatem are the element~ry machine (~M) and the commun3.~at~,aae spetem. 5acond- and third-generation computers, as we11 as mini- and microcomputers, are ueed as EM' e . The cotmmunications syatem in an RVS consists of comntunications channels and a commutator. Communicationa channels aerve the purpose of exchanging information between the EN:'�e and the Emta and external ay~tems in the process of solving a problem. This exchange can be acco~pliahed in a parallel, serial or mixed (parallel- - serial) code. According to the current classification, under the heading of RVS's come syetemg ~vhoee EM'e are aituated at such a distance that the time required for the propagation of a aignal between them is longer than the time for the execution of an operation by the elementary machine. The time required for the exchange of information is determined by the technical charaateristics of the computer, the equipment for matching the computer with the cnffinunicationa channel and its utili- ' zation. The influsnce of the exchange time on the productivity of the RVS depends on zh~ degree of coincidence of the pr~cessea of computation and of the exchange of in~ormation between the ayatem's EM's. OP all the lines along which RVS's are~. being deveioped, two are of special interest: - the deaign of an RV3 On ~he basis of s~~ndard and on the basis of specially neveloped hardware. The etructur@s of RVS's along theae lines are discussed in this article. Distributed Computing S~,rstems Based on Second- and Third-Generation Computers, Designed on the Baai~ of Standard Hardware An RV5 based on a second-generation computer includPs a"Minsk-32," apparatus for matching with the communfcatione channel of the "Minsk-1550 (1560)" type and "Minsk-1500" data transmission equipment (APD). The e~lection of this model as the basic one is based on the following: Interaction between the computer and external equipment by meane of a general- purpose communicatiox~s system (SUS) eelector channel. The transmission of information in parallel code at a rate of 100 K bytes per second. Intercommunication of th~ computer by means of control signals through gpecial - ~ 11nee. The sitnultaneous performance of four working routines at seven, 10, 11 and 12 leve].e. The ewitching equipment 3a deaigned for connecting to the "Minsk-32" the communica- tione channel of' a subec~ciber telegraph network or. of ~ocal unswitched telegraph _ linee, ae we11 as APD operating through telephone cbmiaunications lines. 136 _ FOR OFFdCIAL USE ONLY p APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 The equ~pta~nt tnake~a pos.a~,b~.e the ~,npu~ a~nd outpu~ o~ ~n~o~t~,on ~xou~ te~.egxaph and telephone cOm~tua~cett~,on~ 7,~,nea, a~ we11 ae the ~.ndepend~n~ opexat~,on o~ each o~ these lines tn the 3,nputroutput mode. Dietributed Comput~,ng Syeteme Baeed on Second- and Th~rd~Generat~on Computers9 Deeigned on the Bae3e of Specinl Hard~rare The second trend in the deeigii of RVS's consists 3n the development�of special- purpoee equipment for linking the computer with communications channels. Tn the RVS based on the "Minek-32" ~ras developed a spec3al "computer channel - communica- tione channel" linking unit Mhich in addi~fon to the function of link~ng also performe certain functione of a apstems unit. Several functioning RVS's exist at the present tfine. The "Aetra" linear-atructure RVS, consisting of four computers, is being uaed in Novosib3rek. A linear-structure syetem consieting of two computers hae been intra3uced at the Ministry of Communications Central Computing Center in _ Moecow. In 1980 ae many aa 15 camputers will be hooked up to this system. For the firat tin~e in practice an att~mpt hae been made to convert the linear structure of the RVS into a ring structure, which improvea the reliability and speed of the sy.tem as a whole. This is the Minietry of Communications RVS, which must solve _ the following: complicated probleme involved in analy~ing and aynthesizing elec- trical and electronic circuite uaed in co~unicationa, radio engineering systems ~ and communications syste~e; problems aseo~iated with queueing systems; problems r~I.ating to deeign work; and probleme in servicing a subscriber's network which are spncili� to the technological work of communications production enterpriaes. Tt is . precisely the latter class of problema which brought about the use of a diatributed computing syetem !or their aolution, aince er.perience (e.g., calculations for subecribers fon the uee of intercitp telephone cOmmunications) has demonetrated that the employment of a single large-capacity computer does not lead to the total auto- mation of calculations because o~ an insufficiency of computing capacity. - A linear-stYucture RV~ is described bElow and its characteristics are given. ' COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'atvo "Statiatika", 1980 ~ [83-8831] 8831 C30: 186~ ~ 137 FOR OFFICIAL USF ONLY - APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY TABLE OF CON'~~IVTS FROI~ THE JOURNAT, f CXBERNETICS' Kiev KIBERNETIKA in Russian Na 5, 1980 p 149 [Text] CONTENTS Page Glushkov, V.M. and Anisimov, A.V. "Control Spaces in Asynchronous Parallel Computations" 1 Kotov, V.Ye. "Algebra of Regular Petri Nets" 10 . Mirenkov, N.N. "One Method of Constructing Parallel Algorithms" 19 Ustyuzhaninov, V.G. "Typical Length of Minimum Coverage in Tables with a Range" 24 Yuferov, A.G. "Constructing Numerating Functionals Using Combinatorial Sets" 28 Trushin, S.N. "Finding the Maximum Internally Stable Sets of a Graph by the ~ riethod of Successive Analysis of Variants" 33 Bakan, G.M. and Nizhnichenko, Ye.A. "Algorithm for Solving a Denumerable System of Linear Algebraic Equations by Using Space Expansion Operations" 42 Romanovskiy, V.Yu. "Problem of Equivalence for Strict Determinate MP Automata Operating in Real Time" 49 Kovalenko, N.S. and Kushnerev, N.T. "One Mechanism for Controlling Paral.lel Processes and Its 12ealization" 00 I~ozhevnikova, G.P. "Problem of Automating the Analysis of the Computational Complexity of Algorithms" 65 Litvinov, V.V. and Shevchenko, S.N. "Predicting the Develo~ment of a Computing Process in Simulational Modeling" 74 Dikarev, V.Ye. "Technical Servicing of a System with Unreliable Information on Efficiency States" 81 138 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 _ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Korniyenko, G.I. and Sheverda, O.N. "~eatures of Dynamic Sexyicing o~ Routines in Rapid Data Processing Systems" 86 r alushkov, V.M. "System Optimization" 89 Gupal, A.M. "Method of Minimizing Functions Satisfying the Lipschitz Con- dition" 91 Panin, V.M. "Combined Convergence o.~ Second-Order Methods for the Convex Problem of a Discrete 1~Iinimax" 95 Beres~~iev, V.V. "Convex Problems of Minimizing Integral Functionals with Limitations of the Operator Insertion Type" 100 Rzhevskiy, S.V. "Closed Mappings in Problems of the Unconditional Minimization of Convex Functions" 105 Ivanov, A.V. and Kozlov, O.M. "Properties of Estimates of Regression Para- meters for Nonlinear Systems" 113 Kaniovskiy, Yu.M. "One Approach to Error Estimation in Direct Methods of Stochastic Programming" 120 . Bondar', I.M. and Nekrylova, Z.V. "One Stochastic Method of Estimating Unknown Parameters, and Asymptotic Properties of Estimates" 126 ~ Meleshko, V.I. "Filtering and Identification of Stochastic Control Systems by Employing Pseudo-rransformations" 130 Brief Communications Glushkova, O.V. and Gupal, A.M. "Numerical Methods of Minimizing Functions of a Maximum without Computing Gradients" 141 Tsoy, E.V. "One Class of Infinite-Step Problems of Stochastic Programming" 144 Scientific Information 146 COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dumka", "Kibernetika", 1980 [83-8831J 8831 CSO: 1863 139 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ABSTRACTS FROM THE JOURNAL 'PROGRAI~Il~IING' Moacow PROGRAI~IIROVANIYE in Ruesian No 6, 1980 pp 95-96 ~ UDC 681.3.06:51 PAR~ALLEL COMPUTATIONAI, PROCES3ES'AND THE.FUNCTTONAL EQUlVAT,ENCE OF OPERATORS [Abstract of article by Burgin, M.S.] [Text] The operators for a multidimensional s~ructurally oriented model of parallel coanputatione and multiproceasor systems are studied. Questions of the varioue repreeentations of the fileg of the data being processed and the de- paralleling of the calculations arid combin~:ng of operations are treated. Figuree l; referemces: 14. ' UDC 681.3.06:51 AN AXIdMATIC DESCRIPTION OF CONTEXTUAL LINKS AND CONDTTIQNS [Abetract of article by Kritskiy, S.P.] [Text] A formalized asymptotic definition is proposed for the total syntaxis of progreomaing languages, including contextual links and condit3ons. A chain~~ - ia declared permiasible if there is a atructure among its s-y�~actical atructures which ie minimal in terms of the seleCted ratio of the sequence. Questions of camputing minimal struc~ure:s are studied. Figure 3; references: 9. 1~+0 FOR OF~CfA~. USE O1VLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 UDC 519.681 FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTIMAL PROG1tAM SYNTHESIS BASED ON COMF'UTATIONAL MODELS [Abstract of article by Val~kovskiy, V.A.] [Text] A procedure for constructing programs based on a formalized sub~ect area, a computational model, is analyzed. The construction process is broken down into two etepa: eetting up the co~mputational scheme and the synthesis of the program baeed on thie acheme. The firet step can be accanpanied by optimization with respect to a number of criteria. Several variants of maximally parallel programs are constructed in the second step. Figures 2; references: 6. UDC 681.3.06:51 PROGRAI~AIING ON THE SYNCHRONOUS MULTIPROCESSOR M-10 CONIPUTER (SETTING UP A SYSTEM FOR MODELING PLASMA KINETICS ~ [Abstract of articles by Berezovskiy, M.A., Ivanov, M.F., Petrov, I.V. and - Shvets, V.F. J [Text] The article ia devoted to questions of the design and realization of a depa~ralleled syatem for modeling multidimenstional physical processes using ' the synchronoua multiproceasor M~10 computer. A well known computer model for plasma kinetice ia analyzed, which is based on the macroparticles technique. Methods of deparalleiing are described which were developed.for the modeling etage s and for input/output, which is matched to the speed of the modeling calculatione. Referencea: 10. UDC 681.3.06:51 THE STRUCTURAI, PLANNING OF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS FOR M:INI AND MICRO-COMPUTERS ~ [Abetr~ct of article by Yushchenko, Ye.L., Tseytlin, G.E. and Muchnik, M.M.] [Text] Queatione of the etructural planning of the components of mini and micro-computer (MEVM) eoftware are treated in the article. An approach is propoaed wh�ch ie based on the application of the tools of algorithmic algebra systems ae the means of formalizing atructured programs. The structural conf igurntions of a typ~cal assembler and macrogenerator are given. 8e~erences: 10. . 1 ~+l FOF' OFFzC~~L USE OI~LY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY UDC 681.3.06 THE COMMON ALGOL-GDR MF~IORY [Abstract of article by Rvachev, V.L. and Matsev~.tyy, A.M.] - [Text] The application of additional memory types in ALGOL-GDR is treated, where these simplify programming in this language. Figures 1; references: 3. UDC 681.3.06 A MULTILEVEL MODEL OF THE ARCHITECTURE OF DATA BANKS AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS [Abstract of article by Ilyushin, A.I. and Filiopov, V.I.] [Text] A model of data bank and information retrieval system architecture is _ described which is constructed in the form of a combit~ation of levels of two - . hierarchies: "targeted", w?iich reflects the overall structure of any subject region, and the hierarchy of "representations" of ob~ects in the canputer. As a result, the programming software for data banks and inforn?ation retrieval systems can be treated as an aggregate of subsystems, which are ordered in the fozm of a two-dimensional table. Figures 2; references: 6. UDC 681.3.01:681.3.06 THE 'EL'BRUS' S~STEM [Abstract of article by Babayan, B.A. and Sakhin, Yu.Kh.] [Abstract] The article is devoted to a description of the architecture and software for a new family of high performance multiprocessor computer complexes: the "E1'brus-1" (E-1) MVK [multiprocessor camputer complex] and the "E1'brus-2" - (E-2) MVK, which were developed in the Institute of Precision Mechanics and Computer Engineering. Figures 3; references: 6. UDC 519.712 A SYSTEM OF BASIC PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING HALFTONE TMAGES [Abstract of article by Levina, G.A. and Rakov, S.A.] [Text] A method is proposed for the description of half--tone image processing algorithms. The method is based on the representation of the screen display image in the foYm of a matrix, the elements of which correspond to points on - _ the screen. This method has been used in the development of the basic program- ming software for research automation complexes based on the process control computer complex of the intemational spstem of small cmnputers having a trunk structure. References: 6. COPYRIGHT; Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", "Programmirovaniye", 1980 [90-8225] ~ 8225 1~+2 " eSO: 1863 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY ABSTRACTS FROM THE~ JOURNAL 'AUTOI~TRY' Novosibirsk AVTOMETRIYA in Russian No 4, Jul-Aug 80 pp 117-120 unc 681.327�8 MODE~'I IlJ THE CAMAC STANDARD WITH DIGITAL METHOD OF SIGNAL FORMATION [Abstract of article by Fesenko, B. V., and Chernavin, A. D.] [Text] The article describes a digital CAMAC mod.em intended for da.ta transmission over a cha,nnel of tonal frequency and the principles of digital formation of a modulated signal with an assigned frequency spectrum, A structural diagram of the modem transmitter is presented, as axe the results of simulation. unc 681.3.06 INTERMEDIATE-LEVEL LANGUAGE FOR CONTROZ OF A CAMAC MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEM [Abstract of article by Vlakhova, K. P.] [Text] The INII, langua.ge is intended for work with CAMAC systems in real time. The semantics of the language is determined by the Committee for Standardization on Nuclear Electronics and the syntax is connected with specific realization. This paper describes the syntax of an intermediate-level langua,ge for control of CAMAC systems by means of a series 6800 microprocessor. unC 681.3 SYSTEM FOR MICROPROGRAI~Il~'IING AND DEMUGGING OF SEGTIONAZ MICROPROCESSOR DEVICES [Abstract of article by Kasperovich, A. N. ~ Mantush, T. N., Prokopenko, V. I., Sluyev, V. A., and Solonenko~ [Text~ The article examines a system with a mini-computer (of class PDP-11~ with general software and CAMAC hardware, used in the creation of sectiona,l micropro- cessor devices. Tr.e system permits the debugging of microprograms and their record- ing in a PROM. The article describes the flznctioning of the system, the composition structure of its software, and presents functional diagrams of the principal modules 1~+3 FOR OFFICIAL IJSE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY --the module for communica,tion with the device being planned and the mod.ule for recording information in the PROM. The system programs are written in BA'SIC and Assembler. vnc 621.372.~r:681.3z7.8 P~CROPROCESSOR SYSTEM FOR OPERATIVE GEOPHYSICAL EXPERIMENTAL DATA PROCESSING [Abstract of article by Beresnev, V. K. Katruk~ Yu. M., Rotachevskiy~ B. M.~ ~ Shchetinin, Yu. I., and Yunoshev, S. P.~ [Text~ The axticle describes an operative geopt~ysica,l information system construc- ted on a K58wIK1 microprocessor. Calculations are ma.de in real time of current estimates of the mathematica.l expectation and the mean-squaxe error according to � recursive algorithms, the use of which, besides reducing expenditures on equipment~ _ provides the ~Qssibility of tra.cing error in measurements. unc 68i.325�65 INTERACTIVE GRAPHIC COLOR CRT SYSTEM EASID ON A MIIJI-COMPUTER [Abstra ct of article by Vasilevskiy, A. V.~ Gorobchenko A. A.~ Zlotnik, Ye. M., Na.gibina, 0. F., Semenkov, 0. I.~ and Shirokova, N. Ye.~] [Text~ The question of constructing an intera.ctive grapk~i.c system based on a mini- computer is examined. The structure and ~nctional interaction of the main haxd- ware of the system axe presented. The system of display processor instructions is describe and its main cha,racteristics are pointed out. - uDC 62i.39i.i7z:62i.397.681.518.2 PATTERN PREPARATION IN AN INTERACTIVE MODE IN TASKS OF MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS AND INVES- TIGATIONS OF NATURAL RESOURCES [Abstract of article by Belikova, T. P., and Yaroslavskiy, L. P.] [Text~ Algorithms for the following methods of digital preparation of patterns are described: adaptive amplitude conversions, preparation with use of optimum linear filtration and location of objects on a pattern. An int~ractive operating mode is = described and the results of using named algorithms to process ma.mmograms and - aerial photographic surveys of the earth's surface are presented. unc 681.3 CAMAC MODULE FOR CONNECTIdN WITH M-4-00 COMPUTER IN DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS MODE [Abastract of axticle by Lebedev~ N. S., and Mantush, T. N.~ [Text] A,module of direct access to the M-~I-00 memory is dcscribed, one which ac- complishes a monopolar mode of da.ta unit exchange through a CAMAC main-line crate. 14~+ ~ FOR nFFTrTAT, TTSF ~NT,Y APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY The module functions jointly with the program exchange crate-controller, assuring an exchange ra.te of up to 400 K words~s. The structure of the direct memory access module and its interaction with the crate-controller and the ma.in line COMMON BUS ~.re shown. � COPYRIGHTs Izdatel'stvo "Nauka"~ "Avtometriya", 1980 [71A-2174] 2174 cso: 1863 ~ . 1~5 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . UDC 007.52 VISUAL INFORMATION PROCESSING IN ROBOTS Moscow VTZUAL'NAYA INFORMATSIYA I ZRENIYE ROBOTOV in Russian 1979 (signed to press 29 May 79) pp 1-6 (Annotation, table of contents and foreword from book "Visual Information and Vision of Robots", by Georgiy Petrovich Katys, Izdatel'stvo "Energiya", 5, 500 cop ies , 176 pages ] LText,J The book exami.nes the principles of construction of visual infor- ~ mation processing systems, co~pares them, presents their basic characteri- ' istics and i.ndicates their fields of application. It demonstrates the potentialities.of visual information processing systems in enhancing the independence of robots and exteading their capabilities and sphere of ap- plication. The book is intended for engineering and technical personnel specializing in the field of automation, cybernetics and information processing problems. , Contents Page Foreword 3 First G'hapter. Information Systems of Robots 7 ' Second Chapter. Visuel Iuformation Processing in the Visual Organs of Animals 31 Some Problems of Bionic Investigations of Visuel Organs 31 Bionic Mechanisms of Spatial Filtration and Reco~ition of Viaual Informatioa 39 Electron~c Models of the Visual Organs of Anima,ls 50 Third Chapter. Visual Information Pro~essing in the Visual Orgens of Robots ~ 55 Some Aspects af the Artificial Intellect 55 146 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 rux urrt~tEU. u~~ UNLY Mechanism of the Visual Organs of Robots 69 Sensory Elements of the Visuel S~rstems of Robots 107 Fourth Chapter. Systems of Spatisl Filtration, Functional Transformation and Pattern Recognition 121~ Motion Detectors 124 Contour Detectors 130 Ordered Motion Detectors 134 Detectors of Oriented Straight Lines 1~+1 Multifwnctic~nal Devices for Visua,l Information Processing 1~+5 Some Problems of Pattern Recognition 15~+ Conclusion 16~+ Bibliographic List 170 Foreword Extending the capabilities and sphere of application of robots at the _ present stage in the development of robot engineering is connected with the need for an intensive development of facilities for the perception . and proceasing of~diverse information on the environment and with providing robots with greater independence. It should be no~ed that the problem of information support for robots is of great importance in the general set of problems arising during the formation of the block diagram and general appearance of robots. At the same time, the attainable level of independ- ence of robots largely depends on the depth of stuc~ of this problem. As is well known, in order'to function normally in an unstAble environment, an independent robat should perceive and process vast flows of visual, tactile, acoustic and other information. Visual information is of fl~inda- mental importance among this complex of information flows. The importance of visuel information in the control of an independent system is confiruied by the f8.ct that man receives about 85 percent of the information he needs through the visuel chanriel. It can be stated that visus.l analyzers axe the main communication charm~els of robots with the external world through which the basic flow of infor- ' mation needed for tbeir eontrol is rECeived. Therefore, the selection of rational principles of construction and optimization of the block diagrams and parameters of such devices, as well as the development of self-ad~ust- ing visual systems possessing properties of adapte,t ion for the changing . characteristics of the environment, are importa.nt tasks. The book offered examines the set of problems anc~ questions connected with different aspects of pprception, processing and utilization of visual in- ~ formation for robot control. It considers the way~s of selecting rational principles of construction of visual systems and methods of determining the parameters of the block diagrams of such systems. It analyzes vaxious 1~+7 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY . APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOF. OFFICIAL USE ONLY = aspects of the perception ancl processing of visual information at differ- ent hierexchic levels of the visusl ana]yzers of robots. In connection with the development of second- and third-generation rebots in~er.sive work on the production of visual systems capable o:~ performing quite com~plex operations in th~ recognition of external ob~ects and orientation among them has been carried out recent],y. Various methods of information processing, includi:~g methods of monocular image processing and recognition, methods of stereogrem processing, meth- ods of dissection by a light lattice and others are used in the develop- ment of visual organs. The enumerated methods of s.nalysis of visual in- formation are examined in various chapters of the b~ok. Significant advances in the field of bionic investigations of the visual organs of animals have been made recently. Ati thP same time, ~udging from literature and patent publications, the results nf investigr~tions make it possible ~to approach the development of technical devic~s modeling sume functions of visual organs. The indicaied facts prompted the author to examine thi~ set of problems. The book examines the results of bi.~ni~ investigations of functionally origina.l visual organs of sarae animals. Various ~,apects of perceptiori and processing of visual information in the visua:L organs of living orga- nisms, as Well as the possibilities and weys of modeling certain ftiir_etions _ of visual analyzers in engineering systems, are analyzed. As is well knoWn, a sequential selection, filtration and coding of visual ; information of value for an animal are carried oat in the visual analyzer at its diPferent levelS~. Such filters eingle out on images contours, ~ _ straight lines and boundaries of a certain orientation, movi.ng ob~er.ts and so forth. E`ngineering models realizing some of the enumerated functions have been developed during the recent period. The book examines the f~mc- tional and block diagrams of various attribute detectors (detectors of moving ob~ects, contours, lines and so forth) and presents their parame- ters and characteristics. Semiconductor, matrix and television technology combined with fiber and integrated optics is the technical basis for the realization of bionic principles of analysis and transformation of visual information. On the basis of an ar_alysis of the published data the author attempted to give one of the po~sible ex~rapolations of the future state of some trends ' in the development of ti*isual systems of roba~s. This e,ttempt wa,s made on ' the basis ~f an anal~rsis of patents, ~ertificates of invention and various _ publications containing information on the possible trends in future de- velopments. It should be noted tha.t after some ti.me these data will be reflected in the ~echnical realizations of the systems of the examined category. - 148 - , FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 cV1\ VYL'LV1t1L UJL'. V1YLL Unfortunately, at present there is no book that would generalize a.z~d anal- _ yze sll the data an this problem p~.d.lished in periodical and pp'~ent publi- cationa. The book offered to the reaa2r is to make up for ~'.~._s deficienc;y. ' The book aims at giving the reader a general idea of tI :~rays of and praspects for the development of a category of highly informative visual l analyz~rs of robots, as ~r~ell as o~ the Weys of development an3 interaction of the basic trends in coherettt techniques, techniques of space and time filtration of images, bionic mechanisms of processing, methods of recog- nition and modern methods of photcelectric ana~ysis of images. The book . presents a classification of the visual analyzers of robots and examines . the princi~,les of their structure, block diagrtims and information charac- ' teristics. It indicates the possible weys of utilizing bionic principles of proaessing of visusl information in the development of block diagrams ~ of the visual analyzers of robots. The material presented gives the reader a good idea of the various prin- ciples of construction of the visual analyzers of robots, methods of se- lecting rational block diagrems ena ways of.determining the parameters of _ such systems. , ~ Assiuning that this book is not free of shortcomings, the author thanks the readers in advance for all their remarks, which he requests be sent to the following address: 113114, Moscow, M-114, Shlyuzoveya nab., 10, Izd-vo Energiya. - COPYRIGHT: I:d~,tel'stvo "Energiya", 1979 ~ [0017-11,439] ~ _ ~ 11,439 cso: 8144/ooi7 1~9 FOR OFFICIAL USE ( r APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY DIGITAI, CONTROL SYSTEMS ' Kiev KIBERNETIKA I VYCHISL~TEL'NAYA TEKHNIKA: DISKRETNYYE SISTEMY UPRAVLENIYA ~ in Russian No 49, 1980 (signed to press 5 Sep 80) p 97 [Table of contents from collection "Cybernetics and Computer Technology, No 49: Digital Control Systems", edited by Z. A. Maydan, Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dumka", 1,000 copies, 100 pages] Contents Page Section l. Linear Diaital Systems Kuntsevich, V. M. and M. N.. Lychak, Design of Optim~,un Adaptive Tracking Systems 3 Bakan, G. M., Filtration of a Multisign Process in Limited Noise 7 Kuntsevich, V. M., M. M. Lychak and A. A. Sukennik, A Math~matical r4odel o~ Digital Control Systems Ffiich Eliminates the Pr~ '.em of Structural Constraints 19 Konson, Ye. D. and L. M. Malinin, Determination of the Weiqht~Function of a Linear Object When Using a Random Process Generator as a Test Signal Source 23 - Section 2. Nonlinear Digital Systems ~ Boychuk, L. M., A Method of Calculating the Optimum Control of ~lonlinear _ ~ Digital Objects in the Pre~ence of Constraints by Using the Ortho- gonalization Procedur~ 28 ~ Valeyev, K. G. and G. S. Finin, Numerical Synthesis of Optimum Regulators for Nonlinear Digital Control Systems 32 Dubas, V. I., Markov Processes in Automatic Control Systems With Frequency- Pulse Modulation of Second Kind 40 Andreyeva, Ye. V. and V. V. Volosov, Solving the Problem of Designing Asymptotically Stable Nonlinear Pulsed Control Systems 45 Makarchuk, M. M., Identification of Stochastic Objects 49 Movchan, L. T., The Stability of Nonlinear Pulsed Systems with Permanently Operating Perturbations 57 Section 3. Application of Digital Systems Boychuk, L. M. and N. M. Shkvarun, The Algorithm and Characteristics of Computer Implementation of the Method of So lving Nonlinear Programming Problems With Controlled Processes of Developing Constraints and Motion Toward an Extremum 60 150 FOR OFFI~ClAL USE ONLY _ APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 N'UR UN'N'ICIAL USE ONLY Zhitetskiy, L. S., A Recurrent Adaptive Control Algorithm for a Static Object 67 Bakan, G. M. and Yu. P. Tarnovskiy, Identification of the Parameters of tl:e r4athematical Model of a Complex Rectification Column 74 ~'Xachuk, T. S. and A. A. Tuni]~, Modular Programming and the Software _ Structure of the Automated Vibration Testing Cantrol System 79 - Petrovskiy, A. A., A Specialized Programmable Processor for a Digital - System for Control of the Spectral Matrix of a Vector Random Process 85 Skryl', V. F., The Problem of Determining the Noise Stability of Digital Signal Transmission 92 COPYRIGHT: Tzdatel'stvo "Naukcva dumka", 198b [105-6521] 6521 - CSO: 1863 151 FOR O~'FICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY INFORMATION GATHERING AND TRANSb1ISSION Kiev OTBOR I PEREDACHA IlJFORMATSII in Russian No 62, 1980(signed to press 4 Dec 80) p 118 [Table of contents from collection "Information Gathering and Transmiss ion", edited by Z.A. Maydan and N.M. Trush, Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dumka", 1000 copies, 124 pages ] [Text ] C ontents Page 1. Pattern Recognition and Signal Theory Gritsy};, V. V. and R. M. Palenichka, Preliminary Processing of Images in Scene Analysis 3 Gritsyk, V. V, and B. V. Kisil', Determining the Information Content of Symbols in a Sequential Recognition Procedure 5 N!arinets, V. P, and A. A. Lukenyuk, Investigating the Distribution of the Dimensions of Structure in Photographs of the Ocean Bottom 8 Marigodov, V. K. and A. M. Varfolomeyev, Realization of Adaptive Prese- lection and Correcting Filters 11 Dragan, Ya. P., Harmonic Expansion of Realizations and Spectral Analysis of ?andom Processes 14 Marigodov, V. K., Potential Capabilities of Adaptive Preselection and Correction of Signals lg Denisluk, V. P., Determining the Fourier Coefficients of a Periodic Signal With Given Error 23 Dragan, 0. P., Ya. P, Dragan and Yu. V. Karavan, The Probability Model of - the :.hythm of Solid Radiolysis 26 Dmitriyev, A. A., Some Mechanisms of Solar-Atmospheric Links and Experiments to Refine Them 31 Shats, Yu. Ya., O. M. Gupalo, I. B. Berezovskaya and V. I. Drozdov, The , Length of Facsimile Transmission With Reduction of Information Redundancy 35 KutsPnko, O. K. and V. A. Pogribnoy, Restoration of Superimposed Exponen- tial Pulse Amplitudes in Random Flows 45 2. Circuit Theory and Modeling of Information Channels Kolodiy, V. I, and A. L. Poritskiy, An Equation to Determine the Electric Field Intensity in the Slit of a Cylindrical Cavity 47 152 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FUR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Kuznetsova, V. L., V. L. Kuz'menko and I. M. Tsygel'nyy, Problems and Prospects for Develo~xnent of Neuron Technology 49 Popov, B. A., Joint Approximation of Functions and Derivatives 55 Popov, B. A., Uniform Splines for Approximation of Continuous Functions 62 _ 3. Measuring Converters Mizyuk, G. L. and L. Ya. Mizyuk, The Correlation Coefficient Between Equivalent Sources of Amplifier Noise and Its Relationship to Correlation Conductance (Resistance) and a Single Method of Measurement 66 Gontar, I. M., Noise Matching of Inductive Magnetir Field Sensors ~4ith Transistor Peramplifiers in the Aperiodic NlQde 74 Nich~ga, V. A., Calculating the Electrical Parameters of an Inductive Magnetic Receiver With Noise Matching with the Amplifier 80 Afanasenko, M. P., R. Ya. Berlanan and Ye. N. Klimovich, A tdethod of Creating Magnetic Fields With Rearranqed Structure 88 Measuring Devices and Information Systems Pogribnoy, V. A., Construction of Some Adaptive Commutators and Distributors 94 Polishko, V. B., A Combined Automatic Amplifier Control System Based on Optrons and Field-Effect Transistors in Low-Frequency Amplifiers 101 Levitskiy, O. Ye., P4agnetic-Transistor Multivibrators 104 Bukhalo, O. P,, P. P. Drabich, V. P. Storchay and R. F. Fedoriv, A Random Pulse Signal Generator With Controlled Moments 112 Klim, B. P. and R. 5. Fedoriv, Increasing the Sensitivity of Apparatus for rieasuring the Intensity of Weak Light Flows 116 _ COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dumka", 1980 [103-6521] 6521 CS 0: 1863 153 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY UDC 616.8-091.81(088.8) Pl~(JBLEriS AND PROSPECTS OF DEVELOPING NEURON TECHNOIAGY Kiev OTBOR I PEREDACHA INFORMATSII in Russian No 62, 1980 (signed to press 4 Dec 80) pp 49-55 [Article by V. L. Kuznetsova, V. L. Kuz'menko and I. M. Tsygel'nyy, L'vov, from collection "Information Gathering and Transmission", edited by Z.A. Maydan and N.M. Trush, Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dumka'�, 1000 copies, 124 pages] [TextJ The progress of modern computer technology is determined by a combination of two trends--improvement of the component base by using new advances of physics - and technology and intensification of the search for new theoretical fundamentals of realization of computer devices to which multiple-digit [17] and neuronal [5] logic is related. The desire of investigators to combine the advantages of both trends led to intensive study of the principles of processing the information of the human nervous system and to attempts to utilize these principles to develop computer devices. One can assume that some computers will be constructed on prin- _ ciples of information processing and storage in the human brain on the basis of components which simulate the behavior of the nerve cells and of neuron networks of them. Modern computers are usually designed to solve formalized problems. An ~ advantage of devices based on neuron networks is the possibility of solving unfor- malized problems related, for example, to pattern recognition or to control of - complex behavior in a probabilistic-stochastically variable medium. The main dis- tinguishing feature for these computers will be the capability of self-organization and self-programming and possibly the capability of alogical decision-making, i.e., making decisions in alternatives having equal probability. The experience of the evolution of biological structures can be used in constructing them. Of course, we are not talking about blind copying of the working principle of nervous system networks. On the contrary, the paths of evolution of colloidal systems are very limited and the problem is to proceed further than biological evolution, i.e., those types of neurons may appear in models of brain systems which do not occur in the natural analog (if these forms are required to develop more improved computer systems) or which have not yet been discovered. A large number of neuron m~dels have now been developed in the USSR and abroad, - among which models of nerve netw~orks used in computer technology, automatic control systems, information transmission and processing systems, pattern recognition sys- tems and so on can be compiled. Since many of thei~ are inadequately effective from the viewpoint of information processinq in the neuron, the general criteria of the optimum construction of circuits of neuron-like companents must be refined, which permits one to denote methods of neuron modelling occurring at presPnt. 1.54 FOR OFFICiAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR ~FEICIAL USE ONLY Construction of neuron-like components required that two problems be solved. The ~ first is development of high-speed electronic models of the neuron system to study its behavior in those cases when the capabilities of ordinary methods of electro- physiology are limited (for example, in study of networks that process sensory in- formation, in decoding the mechanisms of internal storage, in construction of models of the pathology of the nervous system for diagnosis and so on). Solution of these problems in itself justifies the expenditure of efforts to develop a wide range of neuron models but far from exhausts the capabilities of using them. The second problem is to use neuron-like components and networks of them in technology. According to the postulated problems, two approaches were noted in the principles ~ of constructing neuron-like components and networks. The first, historically earli- - er approach is determined by the desire to copy maa:imum analogs as closely as pos- sible [2, 20, 24~ with reproduction of~the physiological properties of the neuron - as well as the information properties. The second approach includes modelling of the components of the nerve network as information processing systems [12, 15]. One is justif.ied in talking about neuron technology in this case. The term "neuron technology" means the use of the pririciples of information pro- cessing in the neurons and neuron networks to develop electronic devices. Unlike neurocybernetics, a primarily theoretical science, neuron technology is concerned with problems of a practical nature and without linking itself by direct imitation to the biological analog, it attempts to sclve problems of using this analog for purely technical purposes. The need to separate the approaches--"neuron modelling" and "neuron technology"-- is determined by the fact that they belong to differen.t branches of science: the first belongs to biology and physiology while the second belongs to bionics, i.e., neuron technology is a branch of bionics whicn utilizes the principle of informa- tion processing in the neurons for development of hardware. Several trends in the development of neuron technology have now been noted. One of them assumes the development of universal neuron-like components which would pro- vide for construction of networks of any degree of complexity, being limited only by similar models [12, 15]. This trend is apparently more promising since it is the most technologically effective and leads to universality of components and units of neuron technology. � Another trend provides for introduction of components into the structure of neuron networks that are different from the basic'structural unit--the neuron-like com- ponent. Thus, a model of a neuron network containing and additional random number generator, control block, flip-flop block and timinq pulse generator is presented in (12). It should be noted here that the homog~neity and regularity of the struc- ture are of important siqnificance in realization of supercomplex neuron networks, as wEll as in realization of any complex measuring information systems. These re- quirements acquire special sic~nificance when converted to microelectronic technol- ogy. Realization oE the necessary functie~ns of these blocks by a set of neurons - rathar than introduction of additional blocks into the network is effective in this reyard. 155 ' FOR OFFICiAL USE ON~.Y APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY IVeuron models are developecl rather frequently in which the authors attempt to re- produce in a single model the maxi.mum properies Ynherent to the neuron. The model frequently contains components which determine the execution of functions that are unnecessary at first glance (for example, the effects of nonlinear increase of the - frequency of the converted signal which provides sharper response to variation of input signals [12], damping of input signals and so on) and that significantly complicate both the model and the nature of the information transformations. How- ever, the given circuit solutions can significantly increase the operating effi- ciency of the neuron network in solution of unformalized problems. The trend related to development of neuron-like compon~nts based nn a minimum number of components also m2rits attention. These may include neuron-like compon- ents [4, 25). The history of development of this trend illustrates the helical development of neuron technology. The first neuron-like components [19,22) were = developed in simplified form by weak development of the technology and electronics ~ in a given historial time seqment. Ever mor~ complpx and cumbersome models were subsequently developed for more accurate reproduction of the information properties of neurons [20]. They could not be used in construction of complex networks. The number of components required to develop a neuron-like component is reduced in the next step of development of neuron technology. In this case, "shortening" it was determined by the iise of components which carry more information properties and the effectiveness of these components is manifested by internal physical processes (avalanche transistor, thyristor [4], tunnel diode [25], multigate transistor, liquid crystal) and so on, rather than due to circuit solution. D4odern inteqrated ~ circuit technology can be used to develop these neuron-lik2 components. "Simpli- - fication" of neuron-like components may be of special significance, we feel, upon transition to the use af these components as a component base for molecular and supramolecular cybernetics. In this case the joint use of modern developments of the physics of supramolecular structures and neuron technology may determine the development of self-develooed dynamic cybernetic systems. Development of integrated circuits of neuron-like components based on an opti.mum set of circuit components is also timely. However, the purpose of developing neuron technology is to develop hardware which may find application in the national economy rather than in construction of neuron- like components. It is natural and feasible to use models of neuron networks con- structed from neurons rather than a ileuron model to develop these devices. One should take into account when constructing models of neuron networks that the forma- tion of existing neuron networks is stochastic [7, 16~ along with the rigid three- 'J dimensional structure of neuron-neuron links [16] caused by morphogenesis, while spherical networks are formed for solution of specific problems. In this case each neuron may function at different times in several networks. It follows from - this that qualitatively new components or modifications of existing neuron models are required to develop a dynamic structure of neuron networks. One of the papers in the given direction is the network model suggested by Pak [12], which consists of neuron-like components having inputs capable of changing their function and which permit one to achieve stochastic organization of the signal circuit in the network. A sufficient number of types of neuron-like components with qualitative specializa- tion to perform complex functions has not yet been developed for construction of 156 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR UFFIC[AL USE ONLY ~ex � fo v _ ~ ~ b pq~o~reNUec Barby~rd ~2~ s l Key: 1. Inhibition 2. Excitation complex neuron networks. It is known that the nervous system contains more than 1,000 different types of neurons [13] with presently determined morphological dif- ferences, which does not exclude functional differences. There is a need in this regard to find new functional solutions of neuron-like components. NeL~ron models which provide the required diversity may include models of identificatinn neurons, distributing neurons, innovation neurons, comparison neurons and other special neurons, the appearance nf which should facilitate the problem of constructing complex networks. We feel that the use of the principles of organizing multi-digit com,poiients and structures is promising in the given direction for development of neuron-like com- ponents and networks [9, 17]. It is shown in [6, 10, 23J that a neuron is de- _ scribed not only as an analog but also as a threshold digital component. Based on our investigations, one should note that the processes of information conversion in existing neuron-like components can be described b~r one of three principles f(S) n ?n. shown in the figure, a, b and c, where S= ,~',t aif D~86 ~~j "if zoyM , f~,kh is the fre- ls quency of the pulse sequence at the output of the neuron-like component, fvozb and fto~ are the frequencies of the pulse sequences at the exciting and inhibiting inputs, respectively, fp is the frequency of spontaneous activity, ai is the weight of the exciting inputs and bj is the weight of the inhibiting inputs. The charac- ter~.stics shown in the figure, a, describe a threshold logic component operating on che principle of "all or nothing." The characteristic of a component of infin- ite-digit logic with lower and upper thresholds is shown in the figure, b. The figure, c, is the characteristic of a similar component, but one having spontaneous activity, which increases the sensitivity of the component and expands its capabilities. It becomes possible to construct neuron networks with rearranged information struc- ture, operation of which can be described by using multi-diqit logic, upon intro- duction of some additions to the circuit of a neuron-like component, which may in- clude, for example, quantification of the working frequency range. The neuron has a set of exciting and inhibiting inputs with weight coefficients Wi and a single output. The input x and output y values vary upon corresponding normalization in the follow~.ng range: 0< x< 1 and 0< y< 1. These values simulate the neuron signals--the pulse recurrence frequency--and do not change thP sign. Moreover, the neuron has a lower and upper excitation threshold. Conseguently, this opera- tion can be described by the expression [5]: 157 FOR OFFICIAI. USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOR UFF[C1AL USE ONLY n y = ~~~~i - e, r-i where e is the threshold that, upon conversion to thp arithmetic form of repre- sentation [18], yields - - _ n . ~ y ~x~, xZ, , xn) _ ~e -f- l~ & ~ ~~X, - e & ~ W~xi and is similar to the arithmetic form of representation of a multi~digit logic function [18]. There were attempts to realize these models in [9, 21]. The logic of developing modern electronics also dictates the development of neuron- ' like components on the basis of digital technology, which specifically provides a significant increase in the accuracy of the information transformations in them and an increase of speed. Attempts to move in the given direction were undertaken [3, 14], but more intensive developments are required to achieve significant re- sults which permit solution of the problem of constructing complex neuron networks that emerge as self-organizing systems capable of making i.ndependent deci.sions even under conditions of a scarcity of information, i.e., under conditions of ra- ther high uncertainty,rather than as intermediate steps of information processing of the perceptron type [11]. The main principles nf design organization and self-organization of these networks are required here. . The first principle is a sufficiently large set of components contained in the net- work. A set is required to provide the possibility of signal fluctuations. If fluctuations are undesirable in a system operating by a rigid program, they are re- quired in a supercomplex system capable of unforeseen actions. This is determined by known information principles [1). The second principle is the capability of the network for self-formation of feed- back cycles. It must be noted that two neur~n feedback cycles are discinguished: homeo- an3 heterostatic, which can apparently~ be mutually transformed. The desig- ~ natirn of homeostatic cycles (neuron networks joined by negative feedback) is to maintain equilibrium within a gi~ven program. Heterostatic cycles (neuron networks with negative and positive feedback having aperiodic fluctuating activity) prob- ' ably play a significant role. The operating rhythm of neurons of a heterostatic cycle depends on a large number of factors. Fluctuation of the rhythms of the system may acquire an exceptionally individual character as a function of the joining of primary (homeo- and heterostatic)cycles to second- and third-order cy- cles. The external effect achieved from receptor models may have an organizing effect on the rhythm of a supercomplex network in this case. Assigning an input prograM to the system is also important. The presence of an input prograr.i is determined by the need to compare newly incoming information to it. The input program should obviously be similar to the genetic program or to the instinct in a biological system and should be determined by the properties of the system~ but it may also be contr~lled externally. 158 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOF OFFIC[AL U~E 4NI.Y Modelling of the system's owsi needs and its "attitude" to external effects are also required for developMent of. self-organization conditions since a system devoid of these properties cannot be developed. For example, the system may be given the _ rieecl to balance homeostasis under saturation conditions. Thus, problems of neuran technology, as a field of bionics, are extremely interest- ing and vast. This is first development of a wide variety of input components (neurons and universal netw~ork cells) and second it is development of cyclic blocks of increasing complexity and hierarchical systems. Solution of these initial problems of neuron technology will be possible during the next few years. U~ith regard to ~ubsequent development of organization of complex and supercomplex networks, it wi11 obviously occux after a basis has been developed for integrated technology o.f the comn~nents of neuron networks which include a large number of neuron-like components joined into cyclic blocks. Considerably More promising is the use of the internal information properties of materials in those cases when the latter coincide to a specific degree with the properties of neuron structures. For example, these properties have a hierarchical system of supramolecular connections in polymers. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Wiener, N., "Kibernetika" [Cybernetics], Moscow, Sovetskoye radio, 1968. 2. Dudkin, K. N. and V. Ye. Gauzel'man, "A Functional Model of the Neuron," in "Tezisi V Vsesoyuznoy konferentsii po bionike" [Report Topics of the Fifth Al1-Union Conference on BionicsJ, Moscow, Nauka, 1973. 3. Ivanov, Yu. N. and S. M. Itpgorod, "A Model of an Inhomogeneous Network of In- - sertion Neurons," in "Problemy neyrokibernetiki" [Problems of Neurocybernetics], Rostov-na-Donu, Izd-vo Rostovskogo universiteta, 1976. 4. Ivashchenko, V. G. and V. G. Donov, "A Functional Model of a Neuron Based on Thyristors," in "Issledovaniya po bionike, razdrazhimosti i vozbuzhdeniyu" [Investigations in Bionics, Stimulation and Excitation], Kazan', Izd-vo Kazanskogo uni~~ersiteta, 1976. 5. Kirvelis, D. I. and N. V. Pozin, "Some Problems of Neuron Logic," in "Voprosy bioniki" [Problems of Bionics], Moscow, Nauka, 1967. 6. iClini, S. K., "Representations of Ewents in the Nerve Networks and ir.. Finite Automatons," in "Avtomaty" [Automatons], Moscow, Izd-v4 Inostranoy literaturi, 1956. 7. Kogan, A. B., "Organization of Nerve Cells Into Neuron Groups," in "Sovremenny- ye problemy neyrokibernetiki" [Modern Problems of Neurocybernetics], Leningrad, Nauka, 1972. 8. Kuznetsova, V. L., V. L. Kuz'menko and I. Di. Tsygel'nyy, "A Neuron Model With E3ackground Activity Having Frequency-Voltage Converters," in "Mnogoznachnyye elementy i struktury" [Multi-digit Components and Structures], Kiev, Naukova Dumka, 1978. ~>9 FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 ~ FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 9. Kuznetsova, V. L, and I. M. Tsygel'nyy, "The Use of Some Aspects of the Theory of Multi-Diqit Structures to Describe Neuron Networks," in "Materialy VIII konferentsii molodykh uchenykh fiziko-mekhanicheskogo instituta Av USSR. Sektsiya otbora i peredachi informatsii" [Proceedings of the Eightr~ Confet� ence of Young Scientists of the Ph,ysicomechanical Institute of the Ukrair;ian SSR Academy of Sciences. Section of Informati~n Gathe~ing and Transmission], L'vov, 1977. 10. MacCulloch, w. S. and W. Pitts, "Loqical Enumeration of Ideas Related to Ner- vous Activity," in "Avtomaty," Moscow, Izd~vo Inostrannoy literatur~, 1956. 11. Minskiy, M. and c. Peypert, "Perseptrony" [Perceptrons], Moscow, Mir, 1971. 12. Pak, V. G., "Problems of Technical Realization of the Teaching Element of a - Resolving System," in "Problemy neyrokibernetiki," Rostov-na-Donu, Izd-vo Rostovskogo universiteta, 1976. 13. Polyakov, G. I., "Osnovy sistematiki neyronov kory bol'shogo mozga cheloveka" (Fundamentals of the Classification of Neurons in tne Human Cerebral Cortex], rbsaow, Meditsina, 1973. 14. Popov, V. A., I. T. Skibenko and A. S. Vasilenko, "A Diqital Model of a Neu- ron," PROBLEMY BIONIKI, No 18, 1977. 15. Popov, S. A., "Informatsioi~naya obratnaya svyaz' s zapazdyvaniyem v modeli nervnoy sistemy" (Information Feedback With Delay in a Model of the Nervous System], Kazan', 1977. 16. Pribram, K., "Yazyki mozga" [The Languages of the Brain), Moscow, Progress, 1975. 17. "Realizatsiya mnogoznachnykh struktur avtomatiki" [Realization of Multi-Digit Structures of Automatic Equipment], edited by M. A. Rakov, Kiev, Naukova dumka, 1976. 18. Samoylov, L. K, and I. I. ~hernov, "The Algebraic Form of Represen~ing Logic Functions," ODNORODNYYE TSIFROVYYE VYCHISLITEL'NYYE STRUFCrURY, No 9, 1978. 19. Tasaki, I., "Provedeniye nervnogo impul'sa" [Conductance of the Nerve Impulse], Moscow, I~d-vo Inostrannoy literatuzy, 1957. 20. Taylor, W., "Computer Devices and the Nervous System," in "Modelirovaniye v biologii" [Modelling in BiologyJ, Moscow, Izd-vo Inostramay literatuxy, 1963. 21. Tuzov, V. M., "Possibilities of Constructing Formal Neurons on the Basis of Multi-Digit Frequency-Harmonic Combination Components," in "Mnogoznachnyye elementy i str~.ilctury;" Kiev, Naukova dumka, 1975. 22. Hodgkin, A., "Nervnyy impul's" [The Nerve Impulse], Moscow, Mir, 1965. 23. Eccles, D., "Fiziologiya nervnykh kletok" [The Physiology of Nerve Cells], Moscow, Izd-vo Inostrannoy literatury, 1959. 160 FOR OFF[CIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2047102108: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 h'UR UFFICIAL USE ONLY 24. Gulrajani, R. M., F. A. Rpberge and P. A. Mathieu, "A Field-Effect Transistor Analog for the Study of Burst-Generating Neurons," PROCEEDINGS OF IEEE, Vol 65, No 5, 1977. 25. Nagumo, J., S. Arimoto and S. Yeshizawa, "Artificial Neuron," PROCEEDINGS OF ' IRE, Vol 50, No 10, 1962. COPXRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Naukova dtiunka", 1980 [103-6521] 6521 CSO: 1863 161 FOR OFFiC~AL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPR~VED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 FOF OFFICIAL USE ONLY HIGH-SPEED I~ASURING SUBSYSTEMS Riga SKOROSTNYYE I'LMERITEL'NYYE SUBSISTEMY in Russian (signed to press 24 Jul 80) pp Ct, 183-184 [Annotation and table of contents from book "High-Speed Measuring Subsystems", by Yuriy Nikolayevich Artyulch, Vladimir Alekseyevich Bespal'ko, Valeriy Yakovlevich Zagurskiy and Eduard Aleksandrovich Yakubayti~, Institute of Electronics and Computer Technology, Latvian SSR Academy of 3ciences, Izdatel'stvo "Zinatne", 1,000 copies, 184 pages ] [TextJ Measuring subsystems represent one of the varieties of user machines in the configt:ration of the computer network, oriented toward direct con~act with the ob- - ject of ineasurement, che~kxng and contro~. A combinztion of stage and ma.in prin- ciples of interaction of components is used in the considered version of the sub- system interface which permits realization of the function of the user machine by the subsystem while pres erving the flexibility of its structure. The main problem in design of the subsystem components is analag-ciigital conversi.on. ' The principles of optimi zing the structures of different types of high-speed con- verters (tens of inegaby tes per second) are determined on the basis of its thesaurus. Phase representation of the signal is considered as the primary represent`:ion for frequency-time parameter s, which permits one to select readout from time scales as the common method of converting them. The method permits one to achieve subnano- ~ second resolution while r etaining high relative accuracy. Examples of the typical _ subsystem oriented ~o,aard analysis of a broad class of single signals and of a specialized subsystem of a laser flow velocity doppler meter are presented. The - systems permit complete automation of sc ientific and industrial experiments. Contents Page Foreword 5 Cnapter 1. Measuring Subsystems as Components of Computer Systems and Networks 7 1.1. The Measuring Subsystem 7 1.2. The Computer System 9 1.3. The Concept of Computer Network 11 1.4. Methods of Switct~ing of Information Flows 14 1.5. Functions Performed by the Computer Network 18 _ 1.6. Software for Pack Switching 19 162 ~'OR 4FFICIAL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007102/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1 NUh UFFICIAL USE ONLY 1�7� Protocols of r_omputer Networks 24 1.8. Experimental ComputPr System of the Latvian SSR Academy of Sci.ences 25 Chapter 2. Structure of High-Speed Measuring Subsystems 29 2.1. Components of Measuring Subsystems 29 2�2� The Interface as the Basis for Structural Synthesis of - Measuring Subsystems 31 2�3� Main Characteristics of Standard Interfaces for Measuring 6ubsystems 33 2�4� Ir?terface of Specialized Components of High-Speed Measuring Subsystems 37 2.5. Realization of the Microstructure of Specialized Components 45 = 2�6� Integrating the Interfaces of the Measuring Subsystem 49 ~hapter 3. Structure-Alaorithmic Description of High-Speed Analog- Digital Converters 54 3.1. Features of Digitization and Quantification in Analog- Digii:al Conver.sion 5~ 3.2. Methods of Display of High-Speed Analog-Digital Conversion 61 3.3. Algorithms of High-Speed Analog-Digital Conversion of Current Signal Values 75 3.4. Systems of Analog-Digital Conversion of Current Signal Values 85 Chapter 4. Conversion of Freguency-Time Parameters of Signals 1Q5 - 4.1. Characteristics of Display of Frequency-Time Parameters 105 4.2. Direct Methods of Chronometric and Interval Conversions 108 4.3. Indirect !~ethods of Time-Signal Conversion 117 4.4. Combination Methods of Time-Signal Conversion 119 4.5. Conversion of Phase- and Frequency-Coded Signals 128 4.6. Statistical Averaging ~ 136 4�7� Reverse FreGuency-Time Conversions 138 Chapter 5. Examples of Realizing High-Speed Subsystems 147 , 5.1. Characteristics of Circuit Engineering Development of Special- ized ComAOnents for High-Speed Subsystems 148 - 5�2� High~Speed Subsystem for Analysis of Single Signals 157 5.3. Problem-Oriented Subsyst2m for Laser poppler Measurement of Gas Flo~~a Velocity 161 Conclusions 173 Bibliography 175 Subject Index 181 COPYRIGHT: Izdatel'stvo "Zinatne", 1980 [110-6521] 6521 . _ ~D _ ~SU: 1863 ' 163 , FOR OFFIC[AL USE ONLY APPROVED FOR RELEASE: 2007/02/08: CIA-RDP82-00850R000300100033-1